[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

TWI447444B - An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound - Google Patents

An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI447444B
TWI447444B TW098105801A TW98105801A TWI447444B TW I447444 B TWI447444 B TW I447444B TW 098105801 A TW098105801 A TW 098105801A TW 98105801 A TW98105801 A TW 98105801A TW I447444 B TWI447444 B TW I447444B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
group
cellulose ester
optical film
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW098105801A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200949319A (en
Inventor
Takayuki Suzuki
Takatugu Suzuki
Zheliu Chen
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Opto Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Opto Inc
Publication of TW200949319A publication Critical patent/TW200949319A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI447444B publication Critical patent/TWI447444B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/16Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements having an anti-static effect, e.g. electrically conducting coatings

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Description

光學薄膜、光學薄膜的製造方法、使用其之偏光板、液晶顯示裝置、及化合物Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, liquid crystal display device, and compound

本發明係關於光學薄膜、光學薄膜的製造方法、使用其之偏光板、液晶顯示裝置、及化合物。The present invention relates to an optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound.

近年來,作為取代CRT顯示器之薄型顯示器,著重於液晶顯示裝置(液晶顯示器)、電漿顯示器、有機EL顯示器。這些新世代之顯示器上載持多數光學薄膜,但因薄型之故,對於這些光學薄膜所具有的各種功能性能之提高要求則逐年漸漸嚴格。因此,可望可達到性能進一步提高的光學薄膜。In recent years, as a thin display replacing a CRT display, emphasis has been placed on a liquid crystal display device (liquid crystal display), a plasma display, and an organic EL display. These new generations of displays carry a large number of optical films, but due to their thinness, the various functional performance improvements required for these optical films are becoming stricter year by year. Therefore, it is expected that an optical film having further improved performance can be achieved.

另一方面,筆記型電腦之薄型輕量化、大型畫面化、高精細化的開發正進行者。隨之液晶顯示裝置用的光學薄膜亦日漸薄膜化、寬廣化、高品質化之要求變強。作為液晶顯示裝置用之光學薄膜雖已使用種種樹脂,但作為光學薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜中,現在使用纖維素酯、聚碳酸酯、聚烯烴。其中,亦以使用纖維素酯之纖維素酯薄膜則壓倒性地多。On the other hand, the development of thin and light notebooks, large screens, and high definition of notebook computers is underway. As a result, the optical film for liquid crystal display devices has become increasingly thinner, wider, and higher in quality. Although various types of resins have been used as optical films for liquid crystal display devices, cellulose esters, polycarbonates, and polyolefins have been used as polarizing plate protective films for optical films. Among them, cellulose ester films using cellulose esters are also more overwhelming.

這些纖維素酯薄膜於至今皆藉由溶液流延法而製造。所謂溶液流延法為,使將纖維素酯溶解於溶劑的溶液進行流延而得到薄膜形狀後,蒸發‧乾燥溶劑後得到薄膜之製膜方法。以溶液流延法所製膜之薄膜之平面性因較高,故使用此可得到無不均之高畫質液晶顯示器。These cellulose ester films have heretofore been produced by solution casting. The solution casting method is a film forming method in which a solution in which a cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent is cast to obtain a film shape, and then a solvent is evaporated and a solvent is obtained. Since the film formed by the solution casting method has a high planarity, a high-definition liquid crystal display having no unevenness can be obtained by using this.

然而,溶液流延法必須要大量有機溶劑,產生造成環境大負荷之問題。纖維素酯薄膜,由該溶解特性來看,因使用環境負荷較大的鹵素系溶劑進行製膜,故溶劑使用量之減少特別被要求,而使藉由溶液流延製膜難以增產纖維素酯薄膜。However, the solution casting method requires a large amount of organic solvent, causing a problem of causing a large environmental load. From the viewpoint of the solubility characteristics, the cellulose ester film is formed by using a halogen-based solvent having a large environmental load, so that the use of a solvent is particularly required to be reduced, and it is difficult to increase the yield of the cellulose ester by solution casting. film.

又,必須除去殘存於薄膜内部之溶劑,故乾燥流程、乾燥能源、及經蒸發之溶劑的回收及再生裝置等製造流程之設備投資及製造成本會膨大,而削減這些亦成為重要問題。Further, since it is necessary to remove the solvent remaining in the inside of the film, the equipment investment and the manufacturing cost of the manufacturing processes such as the drying process, the drying energy, and the evaporation and recovery of the solvent are increased, and the reduction of these becomes an important problem.

對於光學用途之纖維素酯薄膜,伴隨該製造步驟之溶劑使用而有著製造負荷、設備負荷,又光學特性、機械特性亦為非充分狀態。The cellulose ester film for optical use has a manufacturing load and a device load accompanying the use of the solvent in the production step, and the optical properties and mechanical properties are also in an insufficient state.

近年來作為銀鹽照片用或偏光板保護薄膜用,嘗試將纖維素酯進行熔融製膜,纖維素酯為熔融時黏度非常高之高分子,且玻璃轉移溫度亦高,故熔融纖維素酯後由模具壓出,即使於冷卻轉筒或冷卻輸送帶上澆鑄,亦難以塗平,有著光學特性、機械特性比溶液流延薄膜更低之課題(例如參照專利文獻1)。In recent years, as a silver salt photograph or a polarizing plate protective film, an attempt has been made to melt a film of a cellulose ester. The cellulose ester is a polymer having a very high viscosity at the time of melting, and the glass transition temperature is also high, so that after the cellulose ester is melted When it is extruded from a mold, it is difficult to flatten even if it is cast on a cooling drum or a cooling conveyor belt, and has a problem that optical characteristics and mechanical properties are lower than that of a solution cast film (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

因此,這些纖維素酯薄膜一般捲入捲芯成為薄膜原捲後進行保存、輸送。故將經熔融製膜之薄膜以捲芯捲取之薄膜原捲的狀態下進行長期間保存時,會有著馬背故障或薄膜原捲之捲芯部分上產生所謂捲芯轉印的故障及開始捲取時薄膜上會產生縐折之問題。Therefore, these cellulose ester films are generally wound into a winding core and stored and conveyed as a film original roll. Therefore, when the melt-film-formed film is stored for a long period of time in the state in which the film is wound up by the winding core, there is a malfunction of the horseback failure or the so-called core transfer on the core portion of the original film roll. There is a problem of collapse on the film during winding.

所謂馬背故障為,薄膜原捲變形成如馬背的U字型,於中央部附近形成2~3cm程度間距之帶狀凸部的故障,因於薄膜會殘留變形,故對偏光板進行加工時,表面會見到變形之問題。至今,馬背故障的產生可藉由降低底質彼此之動摩擦係數,或調整兩側之滾邊加工(壓紋加工)的高度而減少。The so-called horseback fault is that the original film of the film is formed into a U-shape such as a horseback, and a band-shaped convex portion having a pitch of about 2 to 3 cm is formed in the vicinity of the center portion. Since the film is left to be deformed, the polarizing plate is processed. When you see the surface, you will see the problem of deformation. Up to now, the occurrence of horseback failure can be reduced by reducing the dynamic friction coefficient of the bottom materials or adjusting the height of the piping processing (embossing) on both sides.

又,捲芯轉印係為藉由捲芯或薄膜之凹凸所引起的薄膜變形之故障。Further, the core transfer is a failure of the film deformation caused by the unevenness of the core or the film.

以過去的溶液流延下所製作之薄膜上,這些故障並未成為過大問題,但對於熔融製膜製作之薄膜而言,薄膜之平面性因較低,故成為嚴重問題。These defects have not become an excessive problem on the film produced by the conventional solution casting, but the film produced by the melt film formation has a low planarity and is a serious problem.

特別於近年來,隨著大型畫面化,可望薄膜原捲之寬度可較廣、捲取長度可較長。因此,薄膜原捲變的更寬、或薄膜原捲荷重有著增加之傾向,因處於這些故障更容易發生的狀況下,故望可得到改良。Especially in recent years, with the large screen, it is expected that the width of the original film roll can be wider and the winding length can be longer. Therefore, the film becomes more widely curled, or the film original roll load tends to increase, and it is expected to be improved in the case where these troubles are more likely to occur.

[專利文獻1]特開2006-241428號公報[Patent Document 1] JP-A-2006-241428

本發明為有鑑於上述課題所成者,本發明的目的為,提供一種霧值良好下,即使長期間保存下亦較少滲漏,不會產生馬背故障或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲的變形故障之光學薄膜、光學薄膜的製造方法、使用其之偏光板、使用該偏光板的液晶顯示裝置、及使用於該光學薄膜之新穎化合物。The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a film roll which does not leak even when stored for a long period of time, and which does not cause a horseback failure or a convex failure. An optical film for deformation failure, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate, and a novel compound used for the optical film.

對於上述課題,經本發明者們之詳細檢討結果,若纖維素酯中含有特定桂皮酸酯化合物時,驚人地得知其霧值良好,即使於長期間下保存亦較少滲漏,無產生馬背故障或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲的變形故障。且,發現如此本發明的光學薄膜可藉由熔融流延法而製造而完成本發明。又,發現藉由使用如此光學薄膜,可提供具有良好特性之偏光板、及液晶顯示裝置。且發現使用於前述光學薄膜之新穎化合物。As a result of the detailed review by the present inventors, when the cellulose ester contains a specific cinnamic acid ester compound, it is surprisingly known that the haze value is good, and even if it is stored for a long period of time, it is less likely to leak, and no horse is produced. Deformation failure of the original film roll such as back failure or convex failure. Further, it has been found that the optical film of the present invention can be produced by a melt casting method to complete the present invention. Further, it has been found that by using such an optical film, a polarizing plate having good characteristics and a liquid crystal display device can be provided. A novel compound for use in the aforementioned optical film was found.

本發明的上述課題係以以下構成所達成。The above problems of the present invention are achieved by the following constitution.

1.一種光學薄膜,其特徵為含有下述一般式(1)所示化合物的至少1種與纖維素酯。An optical film comprising at least one of a compound represented by the following general formula (1) and a cellulose ester.

(式中,R1 及R2 各獨立表示取代基,R3 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0~4之整數。複數R1 可相同或相異)。(wherein R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a substituent, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4. The plural R 1 may be the same or different).

2.如前述1所記載之光學薄膜其為含有選自受阻酚系化合物、磷系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物所成群之化合物的至少1種。2. The optical film according to the above-mentioned item 1, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a lactone compound, and an acrylate compound.

3.一種光學薄膜的製造方法,其特徵為前述1或2所記載之光學薄膜藉由熔融流延法而製造。A method for producing an optical film, characterized in that the optical film according to the above 1 or 2 is produced by a melt casting method.

4.一種偏光板,其特徵為使如前述1或2所記載的光學薄膜含於偏光子的至少一面。A polarizing plate characterized in that the optical film according to the above 1 or 2 is contained on at least one surface of a polarizer.

5.一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵為使用如前述4所記載之偏光板。A liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate according to the above 4th aspect.

6.一種如下述一般式(2)所表示之化合物。6. A compound represented by the following general formula (2).

(式中,R4 ~R6 各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基、R7 表示取代基、n表示0~3之整數。複數R7 可相同或相異)。(wherein R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R 7 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 3. The plural R 7 may be the same or different).

[發明的效果][Effects of the Invention]

藉由本發明可提供一種霧值良好,即使長期間保存亦較少滲漏,且不會產生馬背故障或凸狀故障等薄膜原捲之變形故障的光學薄膜、光學薄膜之製造方法、使用其之偏光板、液晶顯示裝置、及使用於該光學薄膜的新穎化合物。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, and an optical film which have a good haze value and which are less leaky during long-term storage and which do not cause deformation of a film original such as a horseback failure or a convex failure. A polarizing plate, a liquid crystal display device, and a novel compound used in the optical film.

[實施發明的較佳型態][Preferred form of the invention]

以下對於實施本發明之較佳形態做詳細說明,但本發明並未限定於此些。Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

本發明的光學薄膜之特徵為含有前述一般式(1)所示化合物的至少1種與纖維素酯。The optical film of the present invention is characterized by containing at least one of the compounds represented by the above general formula (1) and a cellulose ester.

《一般式(1)所示化合物》"The compound of general formula (1)"

首先對於本發明的前述一般式(1)之化合物做詳細說明。First, the compound of the above general formula (1) of the present invention will be described in detail.

式中,R1 及R2 各獨立表示取代基,R3 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0~4之整數。複數R1 可相同或相異。作為取代基,具體例子可舉出烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、t-丁基、戊基、己基、辛基、月桂基、三氟甲基等)、環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基等)、芳基(例如苯基、萘基等)、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基等)、烷基硫基(例如甲基硫基、乙基硫基等)、芳基硫基(例如苯基硫基、萘基硫基等)、烯基(例如乙烯基、2-丙烯基、3-丁烯基、1-甲基-3-丙烯基、3-戊烯基、1-甲基-3-丁烯基、4-己烯基、環己烯基等)、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等)、炔基(例如丙炔基等)、雜環基(例如吡啶基、噻唑基、噁唑基、咪唑基等)、烷基磺醯基(例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基等)、芳基磺醯基(例如苯基磺醯基、萘基磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯基(例如甲基亞磺醯基等)、芳基亞磺醯基(例如苯基亞磺醯基等)、膦醯基、醯基(例如乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苯甲醯基等)、胺基甲醯基(例如胺羰基、甲基胺羰基、二甲基胺羰基、丁基胺羰基、環己基胺羰基、苯基胺羰基、2-吡啶基胺羰基等)、胺磺醯基(例如胺磺醯基、甲基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、丁基胺磺醯基、己基胺磺醯基、環己基胺磺醯基、辛基胺磺醯基、月桂基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基、萘基胺磺醯基、2-吡啶基胺磺醯基等)、磺醯胺基(例如甲磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、氰基、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基、萘氧基等)、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、胺羰氧基、胺基(例如胺基、乙胺基、二甲胺基、丁胺基、環戊胺基、2-乙基己胺基、十二烷胺基等)、苯胺基(例如苯胺基、氯苯胺基、甲苯胺基、茴香胺基、萘胺基、2-吡啶胺基等)、亞胺基、脲基(例如甲基脲基、乙基脲基、戊基脲基、環己基脲基、辛基脲基、月桂基脲基、苯基脲基、萘基脲基、2-吡啶基胺脲基等)、烷氧基羰基胺基(例如甲氧基羰基胺基、苯氧基羰基胺基等)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、苯氧基羰基等)、芳基氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基等)、雜環硫基、硫脲基、羥基、氫硫基等各基。這些取代基可進一步由相同取代基所取代。In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a substituent, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4. The plural R 1 may be the same or different. Specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, lauryl group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.), and a ring. An alkyl group (e.g., a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc.), an aryl group (e.g., a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.), an anthranyl group (e.g., an acetamino group, a benzylamino group, etc.), an alkylthio group (e.g., A) Alkylthio, ethylthio, etc.), arylthio (eg phenylthio, naphthylthio, etc.), alkenyl (eg vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl) Alkyl-3-propenyl, 3-pentenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 4-hexenyl, cyclohexenyl, etc.), a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, An iodine atom or the like), an alkynyl group (for example, a propynyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic group (for example, a pyridyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an imidazolyl group, etc.), an alkylsulfonyl group (for example, a methylsulfonyl group, an ethyl group) Sulfhydryl group, etc., arylsulfonyl (for example, phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, etc.), alkylsulfinyl (such as methylsulfinyl), arylsulfinyl (e.g., phenylsulfinyl, etc.), phosphinyl, fluorenyl (e.g., ethylidene, trimethylethenyl, benzoyl) Anthracenyl, etc., an aminomethyl sulfhydryl group (eg, an amine carbonyl group, a methylamine carbonyl group, a dimethylamine carbonyl group, a butylamine carbonyl group, a cyclohexylamine carbonyl group, a phenylamine carbonyl group, a 2-pyridylamine carbonyl group, etc.), Aminesulfonyl (eg, amine sulfonyl, methylamine sulfonyl, dimethylamine sulfonyl, butylamine sulfonyl, hexylamine sulfonyl, cyclohexylamine sulfonyl, octylamine sulfonate Sulfhydryl, lauryl sulfonyl, phenylamine sulfonyl, naphthylamine sulfonyl, 2-pyridylamine sulfonyl, etc., sulfonamide (eg, sulfonamide, benzene sulfonate) Amino group, etc.), cyano group, alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, etc.), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy, naphthyloxy, etc.), heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy a base, a decyloxy group (e.g., an ethoxylated group, a benzhydryloxy group, etc.), an amine carbonyloxy group, an amine group (e.g., an amine group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a butylamino group, a cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino, dodecylamino, etc.), anilino (eg anilino, chloroanilino, toluidine, anisidine, naphthylamino, 2-pyridylamino, etc.), imine Urea group (eg methylureido, ethylurea, pentylurea, ring) Alkyl urea group, octyl urea group, lauryl urea group, phenyl urea group, naphthyl urea group, 2-pyridylamine urea group, etc.), alkoxycarbonylamino group (for example, methoxycarbonylamino group, benzene) An oxycarbonylamino group, etc., an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., a phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), a heterocyclic thio group, Each group such as a thiourea group, a hydroxyl group, or a thiol group. These substituents may be further substituted by the same substituents.

R3 雖表示氫原子或烷基,但具體上與作為前述一般式(1)的R1 及R2 所示取代基所記載的烷基同義。R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and specifically has the same meaning as the alkyl group described as the substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 in the above general formula (1).

前述一般式(1)中,R1 以烷基、烷氧基為佳,R2 以烷基、芳基、烷氧基羰基、胺基甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、氰基為佳,R3 以氫原子為佳。又,前述一般式(1)中,R2 以烷氧基羰基為較佳。In the above general formula (1), R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and R 2 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aminomethylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. The group and the cyano group are preferred, and R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Further, in the above general formula (1), R 2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group.

更佳為前述一般式(2)所示化合物。More preferably, it is a compound represented by the above general formula (2).

式中,R4 ~R6 各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基、R7 表示取代基、n表示0~3之整數。複數R7 可相同或相異)。In the formula, R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R 7 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 3. The plural R 7 may be the same or different).

前述一般式(2)中,R4 ~R6 各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基,但具體上與作為前述一般式(1)的R1 及R2 所示取代基所記載的烷基、環烷基或芳基同義,這些取代基可進一步由與前述一般式(1)的R1 及R2 所示取代基之同樣取代基所取代。又,一般式(2)中,R7 表示取代基,但具體上與作為前述一般式(1)的R1 及R2 所示取代基所記載者同義,這些取代基可進一步由相同取代基所取代。In the above general formula (2), R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, but specifically, as described in the substituents represented by R 1 and R 2 in the above general formula (1). The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group or the aryl group is synonymous, and these substituents may be further substituted with the same substituents as the substituents represented by R 1 and R 2 of the above general formula (1). Further, in the general formula (2), R 7 represents a substituent, but specifically, it is synonymous with those described as the substituents represented by R 1 and R 2 in the above general formula (1), and these substituents may be further substituted by the same substituent. Replaced.

以下表示本發明的一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示化合物之代表性具體例,但本發明並未受到此等限定。Representative specific examples of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) of the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

且,將前述一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示結構的雙鍵作為軸的幾何異構物可為順式、或反式。Further, the geometrical isomers having the double bond of the structure represented by the above general formula (1) and the general formula (2) as a shaft may be cis or trans.

本發明的一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示化合物可藉由日本化學會誌711(1998)等所記載之公知合成法而容易合成。The compound of the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) of the present invention can be easily synthesized by a known synthesis method described in Japanese Society of Chemistry 711 (1998) or the like.

以下對於有關本發明之前述一般式(1)、及一般式(2)所示化合物的合成法做具體說明,但本發明未受到這些限定。Hereinafter, the synthesis method of the compound represented by the above general formula (1) and general formula (2) of the present invention will be specifically described, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

合成例1-1Synthesis Example 1-1

(例示化合物1-31之合成)經由維狄希反應(Wittig Reaction)(Synthesis of Compound 1-31) via Wittig Reaction

於630ml之甲苯中溶解157.4g之三苯基膦,加入117g之t-丁基溴乙酸酯。經1小時放置後,將析出之粗生成物以甲苯洗淨,定量地得到中間體A的結晶。於該中間體A260g中加入水650ml、甲苯650ml、碳酸鈉73.3g,室溫下進行2小時攪拌。分取出有機層後,減壓濃縮下得到產率90%之中間體B的結晶。其次將3,5-二-t-丁基水楊基醛44.8g溶解於470ml的甲醇,於此加入中間體B72g。室溫下放置1天後,反應液中加入乙酸乙酯與水並水洗,分取出有機層後,減壓濃縮而得到產率40%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認出例示化合物1-31。157.4 g of triphenylphosphine was dissolved in 630 ml of toluene, and 117 g of t-butylbromoacetate was added. After standing for 1 hour, the precipitated crude product was washed with toluene to quantitatively obtain a crystal of Intermediate A. To the intermediate A260g, 650 ml of water, 650 ml of toluene, and 73.3 g of sodium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The organic layer was separated, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crystals of Intermediate B (yield: 90%). Next, 44.8 g of 3,5-di-t-butylsalicylaldehyde was dissolved in 470 ml of methanol, and Intermediate B72g was added thereto. After allowing to stand at room temperature for 1 day, ethyl acetate and water were added to the mixture, and the mixture was washed with water, and the organic layer was evaporated. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and the exemplified compound 1-31 was confirmed.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.84(1H,d),7.32(1H,d),7.27(1H,d),6.33(1H,d),5.26(1H,s),1.52(9H,s),1.41(9H,s),1.28(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.84 (1H, d), 7.32 (1H, d), 7.27 (1H, d), 6.33 (1H, d), 5.26 (1H, s), 1.52 (9H, s) , 1.41 (9H, s), 1.28 (9H, s)

合成例1-2Synthesis Example 1-2

(例示化合物1-31的合成)經由海克反應(Heck reaction)(Synthesis of the exemplified compound 1-31) via a Heck reaction

於甲苯240ml中加入2,4-二-t-丁基酚80.0g後溶解,冷卻至5℃,添加72.5g的48% HBr。其次,滴入37.9g的35%H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,再於室溫下進行4小時反應。反應終了後除去水層,以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液洗淨,再以水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮下定量地得到溴體(bromo-form)結晶。其次,於二甲基乙醯胺330ml添加溴體(bromo-form)110.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化鈀(II)7mg、及三-n-丁基胺7.0g,於内溫110℃下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,再以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,並以水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之粗結晶再以甲醇/水(7/1)之混合溶劑進行再結晶,得到產率85%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認為例示化合物1-31。After adding 80.0 g of 2,4-di-t-butylphenol to 240 ml of toluene, it was dissolved, cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further carried out at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and then washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a bromo-form crystal. Next, 110.0 g of bromo-form, 62.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 82.0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 7 mg of palladium(II) chloride, and tri-n-butyl were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. 7.0 g of the amine was reacted at an internal temperature of 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (7/1) to give white crystals of 85% yield. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be an exemplified compound 1-31.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.84(1H,d),7.32(1H,d),7.27(1H,d),6.33(1H,d),5.26(1H,s),1.52(9H,s),1.41(9H,s),1.28(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.84 (1H, d), 7.32 (1H, d), 7.27 (1H, d), 6.33 (1H, d), 5.26 (1H, s), 1.52 (9H, s) , 1.41 (9H, s), 1.28 (9H, s)

合成例2-1Synthesis Example 2-1

(例示化合物1-54之合成)(Synthesis of Compound 1-54)

於甲苯240ml放入2,4-二-tert-戊基酚91.0g並溶解後,冷卻至5℃,再添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g之35%H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,再於室溫下繼續反應4小時。反應終了後除去水層,以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液洗淨,再以水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後定量地得到溴體之結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺330ml添加溴體122.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化鈀(II)7mg、及三-n-丁基胺7.0g,内溫110℃下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,再以水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之殘渣以管柱層析法進行純化,得到產率80%之透明液體。將所得之液體以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認為例示化合物1-54。After dissolving 91.0 g of 2,4-di-tert-pentylphenol in 240 ml of toluene, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and then washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crystals of the bromine. Next, 122.0 g of bromine, 62.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 82.0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 7 mg of palladium (II) chloride, and 7.0 g of tri-n-butylamine were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. The reaction was carried out at 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water. The residue thus obtained was purified by column chromatography to give a transparent liquid of 80% yield. The obtained liquid was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be an exemplified compound 1-54.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.89(1H,d),7.23(1H,d),7.19(1H,d),6.34(1H,d),5.38(1H,s),1.85(2H,q),1.60(2H,q),1.53(9H,s),1.38(6H,s),1.25(6H,s),0.66(6H,t)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.89 (1H, d), 7.23 (1H, d), 7.19 (1H, d), 6.34 (1H, d), 5.38 (1H, s), 1.85 (2H, q) , 1.60 (2H, q), 1.53 (9H, s), 1.38 (6H, s), 1.25 (6H, s), 0.66 (6H, t)

合成例3-1Synthesis Example 3-1

(例示化合物1-55之合成)(Synthesis of Compound 1-55)

於甲苯240ml中加入2,4-二-α-枯烯基酚129.0g並溶解後,冷卻至5℃,添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g的35%H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液洗淨,在經水洗後分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後得到產率95%之溴體的結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺330ml中添加溴體160.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化鈀(II)7mg、及三-n-丁基胺7.0g,内溫110℃下反應3小時。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,再以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,再經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之殘渣以管柱層析法進行純化後得到產率82%之透明液體。將所得之液體以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認為例示化合物1-55。After dissolving 129.0 g of 2,4-di-α-cumenylphenol in 240 ml of toluene, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with aq. NaHCO 3 and Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution. After washing with water, the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crystals of br Next, 160.0 g of bromine, 62.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 82.0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 7 mg of palladium (II) chloride, and 7.0 g of tri-n-butylamine were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. The reaction was carried out at an internal temperature of 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and washed with water, and then the organic layer was separated and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to give a transparent liquid of 82% yield. The obtained liquid was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be an exemplified compound 1-55.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.75(1H,d),7.37~7.25(12H,m),6.28(1H,d),4.62(1H,s),1.72(6H,s),1.58(6H,s),1.46(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.75 (1H, d), 7.37 to 7.25 (12H, m), 6.28 (1H, d), 4.62 (1H, s), 1.72 (6H, s), 1.58 (6H, s), 1.46 (9H, s)

合成例4-1Synthesis Example 4-1 (例示化合物1-62之合成)(Synthesis of Compound 1-62)

於甲苯240ml放入4,6-二-tert-丁基-m-甲酚86.0g並溶解後,冷卻至5℃,再添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g之35% H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,並以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液洗淨,在經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後得到產率90%的溴體(bromo-form)之結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺330ml添加溴體(bromo-form)117.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯62.0g、碳酸氫鈉82.0g、氯化鈀(II)7mg、及三-n-丁基胺7.0g,於内溫110℃下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,再以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,並經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之粗結晶以甲醇/水(7/1)的混合溶劑進行再結晶後,得到產率81%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析,確認為例示化合物1-62。After 86.0 g of 4,6-di-tert-butyl-m-cresol was added to 240 ml of toluene and dissolved, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, and washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution. After washing with water, the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a bromo-form of yield of 90%. Crystallization. Next, bromine-form 117.0 g, t-butyl acrylate 62.0 g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 82.0 g, palladium (II) chloride 7 mg, and tri-n-butyl group were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. 7.0 g of an amine was reacted at an internal temperature of 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (7/1) to give white crystals (yield: 81%). The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be an exemplified compound 1-62.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ 8.07(1H,d),7.60(1H,s),6.40(1H,d),5.28(1H,s),2.65(3H,s),1.52(9H,s),1.39(9H,s),1.26(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.07 (1H, d), 7.60 (1H, s), 6.40 (1H, d), 5.28 (1H, s), 2.65 (3H, s), 1.52 (9H, s), 1.39(9H,s), 1.26(9H,s)

合成例5-1Synthesis Example 5-1 (例示化合物1-70之合成)(Synthesis of the compound 1-70)

於甲苯240ml加入4-tert-辛基酚80.0g並溶解後,冷卻至5℃,再添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g的35% H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,並以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液洗淨,再經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後得到產率90%之溴體(bromo-form)之結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺330ml中添加溴體(bromo-form)111.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯56.0g、碳酸氫鈉74.0g、氯化鈀(1I)6mg、及三-n-丁基胺6.3g,並於内溫110℃下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,並以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液洗淨,再經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之粗結晶以甲醇/水(7/1)之混合溶劑進行再結晶後,得到82%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析後,確認為例示化合物1-71。After adding 80.0 g of 4-tert-octylphenol to 240 ml of toluene and dissolving, it was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was further added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with aq. NaHCO 3 and Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and then washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a bromo-form of yield of 90%. Crystallization. Next, 110.0 g of bromo-form, 56.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 74.0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 6 mg of palladium chloride (1I), and tri-n-butyl were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. The amine was 6.3 g, and the reaction was carried out at an internal temperature of 110 ° C for 3 hours. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (7/1) to give 82% white crystals. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be the exemplified compound 1-71.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.84(1H,d),7.41~7.19(3H,m),5.41(1H,s),1.67(2H,s),1.54(9H,s),1.32(6H,s),0.69(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.84 (1H, d), 7.41 to 7.19 (3H, m), 5.41 (1H, s), 1.67 (2H, s), 1.54 (9H, s), 1.32 (6H, s), 0.69 (9H, s)

合成例6-1Synthesis Example 6-1

(例示化合物1-71之合成)(Synthesis of Compound 1-71)

於甲苯240ml放入p-枯烯基酚83.0g並溶解後,冷卻至5℃,添加72.5g之48% HBr。其次滴入37.9g的35%H2 O2 ,滴下終了後,繼續於室溫下進行4小時反應。反應終了後,除去水層,以NaHCO3 水溶液、及Na2 SO3 水溶液進行洗淨,再經水洗後,分取甲苯層,減壓濃縮後得到產率90%的溴體(bromo-form)之結晶。其次於二甲基乙醯胺330ml中添加溴體(bromo-form)100.0g、t-丁基丙烯酸酯56.0g、碳酸氫鈉74.0g、氯化鈀(II)6mg、及三-n-丁基胺6.3g,内溫110℃下進行3小時反應。反應後過濾碳酸氫鈉等未溶解殘渣,以乙酸乙酯與稀鹽酸水溶液進行洗淨,再經水洗後,分取有機層後減壓濃縮。將所得之粗結晶以甲醇/水(8/1)的混合溶劑進行再結晶,得到產率83%之白色結晶。將所得之結晶以1H-NMR及MASS光譜進行分析後,確認為例示化合物1-71。After 83.0 g of p-cumenylphenol was added to 240 ml of toluene and dissolved, the mixture was cooled to 5 ° C, and 72.5 g of 48% HBr was added. Next, 37.9 g of 35% H 2 O 2 was added dropwise, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued at room temperature for 4 hours. After the completion of the reaction, the aqueous layer was removed, washed with a NaHCO 3 aqueous solution and a Na 2 SO 3 aqueous solution, and then washed with water, and then the toluene layer was separated and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a bromo-form of 90% yield. Crystallization. Next, 100.0 g of bromo-form, 56.0 g of t-butyl acrylate, 74.0 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 6 mg of palladium(II) chloride, and tri-n-butyl were added to 330 ml of dimethylacetamide. The amine was 6.3 g, and the reaction was carried out for 3 hours at an internal temperature of 110 °C. After the reaction, the undissolved residue such as sodium hydrogencarbonate was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate and a diluted aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, and washed with water. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from a mixed solvent of methanol/water (8/1) to give white crystals of 83% yield. The obtained crystal was analyzed by 1H-NMR and MASS spectrum, and was confirmed to be the exemplified compound 1-71.

1H-NMR(CDCl3):δ7.93(1H,d),7.38~6.75(8H,m),6.71(1H,s),6.55(1H,d),1.68(6H,s),1.56(9H,s)1H-NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.93 (1H, d), 7.38 to 6.75 (8H, m), 6.71 (1H, s), 6.55 (1H, d), 1.68 (6H, s), 1.56 (9H, s)

本發明中,前述一般式(1)所示化合物的添加量以不損害本發明之目的之範圍下可適宜地選擇,但對纖維素酯100質量份而言,一般為0.001~2.0質量份,較佳為0.01~1.0質量份,更佳為0.05~0.5質量份。可併用彼等2種以上。In the present invention, the amount of the compound represented by the above formula (1) is appropriately selected insofar as the object of the present invention is not impaired, but it is usually 0.001 to 2.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester. It is preferably 0.01 to 1.0 part by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 part by mass. Two or more of them may be used in combination.

又,可含有隨製造之雜質(例如原料、副產物)。作為副產物之例子,可舉出以下一般式(3)之化合物。Further, impurities (for example, raw materials and by-products) accompanying the production may be contained. Examples of the by-products include the following compounds of the general formula (3).

(式中,R1 表示取代基、n表示0~4之整數。複數R1 可相同或相異)。(wherein R 1 represents a substituent, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4. The plural R 1 may be the same or different).

作為一般式(3)之取代基與前述一般式(1)之R1 同義。The substituent of the general formula (3) has the same meaning as R 1 of the above general formula (1).

《光學薄膜》Optical Film

其次,對於本發明之光學薄膜做詳細說明。Next, the optical film of the present invention will be described in detail.

本發明中,所謂光學薄膜為使用於液晶顯示器、電漿顯示器、有機EL顯示器等各種顯示裝置的功能薄膜,詳細為含有液晶顯示裝置用之偏光板保護薄膜、相位差薄膜、反射防止薄膜、亮度提高薄膜、硬塗佈薄膜、防眩薄膜、防靜電薄膜、視野角擴大等光學補償薄膜等。In the present invention, the optical film is a functional film used in various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and is specifically a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, an antireflection film, and a brightness for a liquid crystal display device. An optical compensation film such as a film, a hard coat film, an anti-glare film, an antistatic film, and an enlarged viewing angle is provided.

作為本發明光學薄膜之基材的樹脂薄膜所使用的樹脂,除纖維素酯系樹脂單獨、或纖維素酯系樹脂以外,可舉出可併用聚碳酸酯系樹脂、聚苯乙烯系樹脂、聚碸系樹脂、聚酯系樹脂、聚烯丙基系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂(亦含共聚物)、烯烴系樹脂(原菠烯系樹脂、環狀烯烴系樹脂、環狀共軛二烯系樹脂、乙烯基脂環式碳化氫系樹脂等)、纖維素醚系樹脂、乙烯基系樹脂(亦含聚乙酸乙烯基系樹脂、聚乙烯基醇系樹脂等)等樹脂者。其中以纖維素酯系樹脂單獨、或併用纖維素酯系樹脂與丙烯酸系樹脂者為佳,其亦以纖維素酯系樹脂單獨為最佳。The resin used for the resin film of the base material of the optical film of the present invention may be a polycarbonate resin, a polystyrene resin, or a polyether, in addition to the cellulose ester resin alone or the cellulose ester resin. Lanthanide resin, polyester resin, polyallyl resin, acrylic resin (including copolymer), olefin resin (original spinylene resin, cyclic olefin resin, cyclic conjugated diene resin) A resin such as a vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin or a cellulose ether resin or a vinyl resin (including a polyvinyl acetate resin or a polyvinyl alcohol resin). Among them, a cellulose ester-based resin alone or a combination of a cellulose ester-based resin and an acrylic resin is preferable, and a cellulose ester-based resin is also preferable.

作為纖維素酯系樹脂以外的樹脂含有量以0.1~70質量%為佳,1~30質量%為較佳。The resin content other than the cellulose ester-based resin is preferably 0.1 to 70% by mass, and preferably 1 to 30% by mass.

有關本發明之光學薄膜可適用於偏光板保護薄膜(含賦予功能性層的偏光板保護薄膜)、及相位差薄膜。The optical film of the present invention can be suitably used for a polarizing plate protective film (including a polarizing plate protective film imparting a functional layer) and a retardation film.

《纖維素酯》"Cellulose Ester"

其次,對於含有有關本發明之纖維素酯及纖維素酯的光學薄膜(以下僅稱為纖維素酯薄膜)做詳細敘述。Next, an optical film (hereinafter simply referred to as a cellulose ester film) containing the cellulose ester and the cellulose ester of the present invention will be described in detail.

本發明所使用的纖維素酯薄膜可藉由溶液流延法、熔融流延法而製造。溶液流延法為將纖維素酯溶解於溶劑中的溶液(摻合)於支持體上流延,蒸發溶劑後形成薄膜。熔融流延法為將纖維素酯藉由加熱進行熔融(melt)者流延於支持體上而形成薄膜。熔融流延法因可大量減少薄膜製造時的有機溶劑使用量,故與使用大量有機溶劑之過去溶液流延法相比較,可得到環境適性大幅度提高的薄膜,故於本發明中藉由熔融流延法製造纖維素酯薄膜為佳。The cellulose ester film used in the present invention can be produced by a solution casting method or a melt casting method. The solution casting method is a solution in which a cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent (blend) is cast on a support, and a solvent is evaporated to form a film. The melt casting method forms a film by casting a cellulose ester by heating to melt on a support. Since the melt casting method can greatly reduce the amount of the organic solvent used in the production of the film, a film having a greatly improved environmental suitability can be obtained as compared with the conventional solution casting method using a large amount of an organic solvent, so that the melt flow is used in the present invention. It is preferred to form a cellulose ester film by a method.

所謂本發明中之熔融流延為,未使用溶劑而將纖維素酯加熱熔融至顯示流動性的溫度,再使用此進行製膜的方法,例如將流動性纖維素酯由模具擠壓後製膜的方法。且調製熔融纖維素酯之過程一部份中可使用溶劑,但於成形為薄膜狀所進行的熔融製膜製程中,可未使用溶劑下進行成形加工。The melt casting in the present invention is a method in which a cellulose ester is heated and melted without using a solvent to a temperature at which fluidity is exhibited, and a film is formed by using the method, for example, a liquid cellulose ester is extruded from a mold to form a film. Methods. Further, a solvent can be used in a part of the process of preparing the molten cellulose ester, but in the melt film forming process which is formed into a film form, the forming process can be carried out without using a solvent.

作為構成光學薄膜之纖維素酯,僅為可熔融製膜之纖維素酯即可,並無特別限定,例如亦可使用芳香族羧酸酯等,但有鑑於得到光學特性等之薄膜特性,使用纖維素之低級脂肪酸酯者為佳。所謂本發明中之纖維素低級脂肪酸酯中的低級脂肪酸表示碳原子數為5以下之脂肪酸,例如可舉出纖維素乙酸酯、纖維素丙酸酯、纖維素丁酸酯、纖維素三甲基乙酸酯等以纖維素之低級脂肪酸酯作為較佳者。由碳原子數為6以上之脂肪酸所取代之纖維素酯中,熔融製膜性為良好,但所得之纖維素酯薄膜的力學特性較低,難以作為實質光學薄膜使用。欲兼具力學特性與熔融製膜性雙方,可使用如纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯或纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯等之混合脂肪酸酯。且,對於溶液流延製膜中一般使用的纖維素酯之三乙醯纖維素,其為熔融溫度比分解溫度還高之纖維素酯,故難以使用於熔融製膜上。The cellulose ester constituting the optical film is not particularly limited as long as it can be melt-formed, and for example, an aromatic carboxylic acid ester or the like can be used. However, in view of obtaining film properties such as optical characteristics, it is used. The lower fatty acid ester of cellulose is preferred. The lower fatty acid in the cellulose lower fatty acid ester in the present invention means a fatty acid having 5 or less carbon atoms, and examples thereof include cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, and cellulose III. A lower fatty acid ester of cellulose such as methyl acetate or the like is preferred. In the cellulose ester substituted with a fatty acid having 6 or more carbon atoms, the melt film formability is good, but the obtained cellulose ester film has low mechanical properties and is difficult to use as a substantially optical film. In order to combine both mechanical properties and melt film forming properties, a mixed fatty acid ester such as cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate may be used. Further, triacetyl cellulose, which is a cellulose ester generally used in solution casting film formation, is a cellulose ester having a melting temperature higher than a decomposition temperature, and thus it is difficult to use it on a melt film.

上述纖維素酯中,亦以使用纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯、纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯為佳。Among the above cellulose esters, cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose acetate butyrate are also preferably used.

其次,對於本發明所使用的纖維素酯的醯基之取代度做說明。Next, the degree of substitution of the thiol group of the cellulose ester used in the present invention will be described.

纖維素中,1葡萄糖單位的第2位、第3位、第6位上各具有1個共計3個羥基,所謂總取代度為,平均1葡萄糖單位上結合若干醯基之所示數值。因此,最大取代度為3.0。彼等醯基為葡萄糖單位之第2位、第3位、第6位上可平均地取代或亦可分佈下取代。In the cellulose, the second, third, and sixth positions of one glucose unit each have one total of three hydroxyl groups, and the total degree of substitution is a value shown by combining a plurality of sulfhydryl groups on an average of 1 glucose unit. Therefore, the maximum degree of substitution is 3.0. These thiol groups may be substituted on the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th positions of the glucose unit, or may be substituted.

作為混合脂肪酸酯之取代度,更佳之纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯或纖維素乙酸酯丁酸酯的低級脂肪酸酯為具有碳原子數2~4的醯基作為取代基,將乙醯基之取代度作為X,將丙醯基或丁醯基之取代度作為Y時,含有可同時滿足下述式(I)、(II)及(III)之纖維素酯的纖維素酯。且,乙醯基之取代度與其他醯基之取代度為藉由ASTM-D817-96所規定之方法求得者。As a substitution degree of the mixed fatty acid ester, more preferably, the lower fatty acid ester of cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate is a fluorenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and The degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group is X, and when the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group or the butyl group is Y, the cellulose ester which can satisfy the cellulose esters of the following formulas (I), (II) and (III) is contained. Further, the degree of substitution of the thiol group with the degree of substitution of other thiol groups is determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.

式(I)2.4≦X+Y≦2.9Formula (I) 2.4≦X+Y≦2.9

式(II)0≦X≦2.4Formula (II) 0≦X≦2.4

式(III)0.5≦Y≦2.9Formula (III) 0.5≦Y≦2.9

其中,特別以使用纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯為佳,其中亦以1.2≦X≦2.1,0.6≦Y≦1.4為佳。摻合醯基的取代度相異的纖維素酯,作為纖維素酯薄膜全體可於上述範圍中。未以上述醯基進行取代的部分一般作為羥基而存在。這些可由公知方法進行合成。Among them, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferred, and 1.2 ≦ X ≦ 2.1, 0.6 ≦ Y ≦ 1.4 is preferred. The cellulose ester having a different degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group may be in the above range as the cellulose ester film as a whole. The portion which is not substituted with the above mercapto group is generally present as a hydroxyl group. These can be synthesized by a known method.

本發明所使用的纖維素酯為具有50000~150000的數平均分子量(Mn)者為佳,具有55000~120000之數平均分子量者為更佳,具有60000~100000之數平均分子量者為最佳。The cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 50,000 to 150,000, more preferably an average molecular weight of 55,000 to 120,000, and most preferably an average molecular weight of 60,000 to 100,000.

且,本發明所使用的纖維素酯使用重量平均分子量(Mw)/數平均分子量(Mn)比為1.3~5.5者為佳,特別使用1.5~5.0者為佳,較佳為1.7~4.0,更佳為2.0~3.5之纖維素酯。Further, the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio of from 1.3 to 5.5, particularly preferably from 1.5 to 5.0, more preferably from 1.7 to 4.0, more preferably. It is preferably a cellulose ester of 2.0 to 3.5.

且,Mn及Mw/Mn可由下述要領,藉由凝膠滲透層析法之算出。Further, Mn and Mw/Mn can be calculated by gel permeation chromatography from the following method.

測定條件如下所示。The measurement conditions are as follows.

溶劑:四氫呋喃Solvent: tetrahydrofuran

裝置:HLC-8220(Tosoh(股)製)Device: HLC-8220 (Tosoh system)

管柱:TSKgel SuperHM-M(Tosoh(股)製)Column: TSKgel SuperHM-M (made by Tosoh)

管柱溫度:40℃Column temperature: 40 ° C

試料濃度:0.1質量%Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass

注入量:10μlInjection volume: 10μl

流量:0.6ml/minFlow rate: 0.6ml/min

校對曲線:使用藉由標準聚苯乙烯:PS-1(PolymerProofreading curve: using standard polystyrene: PS-1 (Polymer)

Laboratories公司製)Mw=2,560,000~580的9樣品所得Laboratories Inc.) Mw=2,560,000-580 9 samples

之校對曲線。Proofreading curve.

本發明所使用的纖維素酯之原料纖維素可為木材紙漿或綿花絨,木材紙漿可為針葉樹或闊葉樹,但以針葉樹較佳。由製膜時的剝離性來看,使用綿花絨為佳。這些所製得之纖維素酯可適宜混合、或單獨使用。The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton velvet, and the wood pulp may be conifer or broad-leaved tree, but a conifer is preferred. From the viewpoint of the peeling property at the time of film formation, it is preferable to use cotton velvet. These obtained cellulose esters may be suitably mixed or used alone.

例如,可使用綿花絨由来纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿(針葉樹)之纖維素酯:來自木材紙漿(闊葉樹)之纖維素酯之比率為100:0:0、90:10:0、85:15:0、50:50:0、20:80:0、10:90:0、0:100:0、0:0:100、80:10:10、85:0:15、40:30:30。For example, cellulose acetate can be used: cellulose ester from wood pulp (conifer): the ratio of cellulose ester from wood pulp (broadleaf) is 100:0:0, 90:10:0, 85:15 :0, 50:50:0, 20:80:0, 10:90:0, 0:100:0, 0:0:100, 80:10:10, 85:0:15, 40:30:30 .

纖維素酯為,例如將原料纖維素之羥基使用乙酸酐、丙酸酐及/或丁酸酐依據常法將乙醯基、丙醯基及/或丁基取代於上述範圍内而得到。如此纖維素酯之合成方法並無特別限定,例如可參考特開平10-45804號或特表平6-501040號所記載的方法進行合成。The cellulose ester is obtained, for example, by substituting an ethyl acetate, a propanol anhydride, and/or a butyl group in the above range by using acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and/or butyric anhydride according to a usual method. The method for synthesizing the cellulose ester is not particularly limited. For example, it can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-10-45804 or JP-A-6-501040.

本發明所使用的纖維素酯之鹼土類金屬含有量以1~50ppm之範圍為佳。超過50ppm時模唇附著污垢會增加或熱延伸時或熱延伸後之分條(slitting)部容易斷裂。未達1ppm時亦容易斷裂,其理由尚未清楚。未達1ppm時,因洗淨步驟的負擔過於大亦不佳。且以1~30ppm之範圍為佳。其中所謂的鹼土類金屬為Ca、Mg之總含有量,可使用X線光電子分光分析裝置(XPS)進行測定。The content of the alkaline earth metal of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 ppm. When the amount exceeds 50 ppm, the adhesion of the lip to the die may increase or the slitting portion may be broken when the heat is extended or after the heat extension. It is also easy to break when it is less than 1 ppm, and the reason is not clear. When the amount is less than 1 ppm, the burden of the washing step is too large or too bad. It is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ppm. The alkaline earth metal is a total content of Ca and Mg, and can be measured by an X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy analyzer (XPS).

本發明所使用的纖維素酯中殘留硫酸含有量以硫元素換算為0.1~45ppm之範圍時為佳。可推定彼等以鹽之形式含有。殘留硫酸含有量若超過45ppm時,熱熔融時的模唇(lip)部附著物會增加而不佳。又,熱延伸時或熱延伸後之分條(slitting)時容易斷裂故不佳。較少為佳,但未達0.1時,不僅纖維素酯之洗淨步驟的負担會過大而不佳,相反地容易斷裂而不佳。此可能為洗淨次數增加而影響到樹脂但並不完全明瞭。且以1~30ppm之範圍為佳。殘留硫酸含有量可由ASTM-D817-96所規定之方法進行測定。The content of residual sulfuric acid in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45 ppm in terms of sulfur element. It can be assumed that they are contained in the form of salt. When the residual sulfuric acid content exceeds 45 ppm, the lip portion deposit during heat fusion may increase. Further, it is not preferable because it is easily broken at the time of heat stretching or slitting after heat stretching. Less preferred, but when it is less than 0.1, not only the burden of the washing step of the cellulose ester is too large, but it is not easy to break. This may affect the resin for an increase in the number of washes but it is not entirely clear. It is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ppm. The residual sulfuric acid content can be determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.

本發明所使用的纖維素酯中之游離酸含有量以1~500ppm為佳。若超過500ppm時,模唇(lip)部的附著物會增加,且容易斷裂。若超過500ppm時模唇(lip)部的附著物會增加,且容易斷裂。洗淨下難以未達1ppm。且1~100ppm之範圍為較佳,更難斷裂。特別以1~70ppm之範圍為佳。游離酸含有量可藉由ASTM-D817-96所規定之方法進行測定。The content of the free acid in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably from 1 to 500 ppm. When it exceeds 500 ppm, the deposit of the lip part will increase and it will break easily. When it exceeds 500 ppm, the deposit of the lip part will increase and it will break easily. It is difficult to wash up to 1ppm. And the range of 1 to 100 ppm is preferable, and it is more difficult to break. It is particularly preferably in the range of 1 to 70 ppm. The free acid content can be determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.

將經合成之纖維素酯的洗淨與使用溶液流延法時相比較,可藉由進一步充分進行下,可使殘留酸含有量於上述範圍內,藉由熔融流延法製造薄膜時,可得到對模唇(1ip)部之附著減輕,平面性優良之薄膜,得到尺寸變化、機械強度、透明性、耐透濕性、Rt值、Ro值良好之薄膜。又,纖維素酯的洗淨,除水以外,亦可使用如甲醇、乙醇之弱溶劑、或只要結果為弱溶劑即可之弱溶劑與良溶劑之混合溶劑,可除去殘留酸以外之無機物、低分子之有機雜質。且纖維素酯之洗淨可由如受阻胺、亞磷酸酯之抗氧化劑的存在下進行為佳,可提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、製膜安定性。When the synthetic cellulose ester is washed and compared with the case of using the solution casting method, the residual acid content can be made into the above range by further sufficiently performing, and when the film is produced by the melt casting method, A film having a reduced adhesion to the lip portion (1ip) and excellent planarity was obtained, and a film having dimensional change, mechanical strength, transparency, moisture permeability, Rt value, and Ro value was obtained. Further, the cellulose ester may be washed, and in addition to water, a weak solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or a mixed solvent of a weak solvent and a good solvent which is a weak solvent may be used, and an inorganic substance other than the residual acid may be removed. Low molecular organic impurities. Further, the washing of the cellulose ester can be carried out in the presence of an antioxidant such as a hindered amine or a phosphite, and the heat resistance of the cellulose ester and the film stability can be improved.

又,欲提高纖維素酯之耐熱性、機械物性、光學物性等,溶解於纖維素酯之良溶劑後,再沈澱於弱溶劑中,可除去纖維素酯之低分子量成分、其他雜質。此時,與前述纖維素酯之洗淨同樣,可存在抗氧化劑下進行為佳。Further, in order to improve the heat resistance, mechanical properties, optical properties, and the like of the cellulose ester, it is dissolved in a good solvent of the cellulose ester, and then precipitated in a weak solvent to remove low molecular weight components and other impurities of the cellulose ester. In this case, it is preferable to carry out the treatment in the presence of an antioxidant similarly to the washing of the cellulose ester.

且,纖維素酯之再沈澱處理後,可添加其他聚合物或低分子化合物。Further, after the reprecipitation treatment of the cellulose ester, other polymers or low molecular compounds may be added.

又,本發明所使用的纖維素酯作為薄膜時的亮點異物較少者為佳。所謂亮點異物為,將2片偏光板配置成直交(正交尼科耳),於其間配置纖維素酯薄膜,由一方以光源照射,由另一面觀察纖維素酯薄膜時,見到光源之光漏的點。此時評估所使用的偏光板為無亮點異物的保護薄膜所構成者為佳,使用於偏光子之保護上使用玻璃板者為佳。亮點異物之原因之一可考慮為含於纖維素酯之未醋化或低醋化度的纖維素所致,使用亮點異物較少的纖維素酯(使用取代度之分散較小的纖維素酯)、與過濾經熔融之纖維素酯、或纖維素酯之合成後期的過程或得到沈澱物之過程的至少任一過程中,可使其一度成為溶液狀態同樣經由過濾步驟而將亮點異物除去。熔融樹脂因黏度較高,故後者之方法較有效率。Moreover, it is preferable that the cellulose ester used in the present invention has a small amount of foreign matter as a film. The bright spot foreign matter is such that two polarizing plates are arranged in a straight line (orthogonal Nicol), and a cellulose ester film is disposed therebetween, and one side is irradiated with a light source, and when the cellulose ester film is observed from the other side, the light of the light source is seen. The point of leakage. In this case, it is preferable that the polarizing plate used for the evaluation is a protective film having no bright foreign matter, and it is preferable to use a glass plate for the protection of the polarizer. One of the reasons for highlighting foreign matter can be considered to be caused by cellulose which is not vinegarized or low in acetification of cellulose ester, and cellulose ester with less foreign matter is used (the cellulose ester with less dispersion degree of substitution is used). In at least one of the process of filtering the molten cellulose ester or the cellulose ester, or the process of obtaining a precipitate, the film can be once in a solution state and the bright spot foreign matter is removed through the filtration step. The molten resin is more efficient because of its higher viscosity.

薄膜膜厚越薄,每單位面積之亮點異物數變少,含於薄膜之纖維素酯的含有量越少,亮點異物有越少的傾向,但亮點異物以亮點之直徑0.01mm以上為200個/cm2 以下者為佳,100個/cm2 以下者為較佳,50個/cm2 以下者為更佳,30個/cm2 以下者為特佳,10個/cm2 以下者為極佳,全無為最佳。又,對於0.005~0.01mm以下之亮點,亦以200個/cm2 以下者為佳,100個/cm2 以下者為較佳,50個/cm2 以下為更佳,30個/cm2 以下者為特佳,10個/cm2 以下者為極佳,全無為最佳。The thinner the film thickness, the smaller the number of bright spots per unit area, and the smaller the content of the cellulose ester contained in the film, the less the bright foreign matter tends to be, but the bright spot foreign matter has a bright spot diameter of 0.01 mm or more and 200 pieces. It is preferable that it is less than /cm 2 , preferably 100 pieces/cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces/cm 2 or less, particularly preferably 30 pieces/cm 2 or less, and 10 pieces/cm 2 or less. Good, nothing is best. Further, the bright spot of 0.005 to 0.01 mm or less is preferably 200 pieces/cm 2 or less, preferably 100 pieces/cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces/cm 2 or less, and 30 pieces/cm 2 or less. It is especially good, and 10/cm 2 or less is excellent, and none is the best.

將亮點異物藉由熔融過濾除去時,與將單獨熔融纖維素酯者進行過濾相比,將添加可塑劑、劣化防止劑、抗氧化劑等後混合的纖維素酯組成物進行過濾者,於亮點異物之除去效率上較高且較佳。當然於纖維素酯之合成時,溶解於溶劑後經過濾而減低亦可。亦可適當混合紫外線吸收劑、其他添加物者後進行過濾。過濾為含有纖維素酯之熔融物黏度為10000Pa‧s以下下進行過濾者為佳,5000Pa‧s以下為較佳,1000Pa‧s以下者為更佳,500Pa‧s以下者為特佳。作為濾材,可使用玻璃繊維、纖維素繊維、濾紙、四氟化乙烯樹脂等氟樹脂等過去公知者為佳,特別以陶瓷、金屬等為佳。作為絕對過濾精度以50μm以下者為佳,30μm以下者為較佳,10μm以下者為更佳,5μm以下者為最佳。這些可適宜組合後使用。濾材可使用表面過濾型或深度過濾型,體積過濾型因比較不會阻塞而較佳。When the bright foreign matter is removed by melt filtration, the cellulose ester composition after mixing with a plasticizer, a deterioration inhibitor, an antioxidant, or the like is filtered, and the foreign matter is brightened. The removal efficiency is higher and better. Of course, in the synthesis of cellulose ester, it can be reduced by filtration after being dissolved in a solvent. It is also possible to filter by appropriately mixing the ultraviolet absorber or other additives. The filtration is preferably carried out under the filtration of a cellulose ester-containing melt having a viscosity of 10,000 Pa·s or less, preferably 5,000 Pa·s or less, more preferably 1000 Pa·s or less, and particularly preferably 500 Pa·s or less. As the filter medium, a fluororesin such as glass silicate, cellulose oxime, filter paper, or tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics, metals, and the like are particularly preferable. The absolute filtration accuracy is preferably 50 μm or less, preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and most preferably 5 μm or less. These can be used in combination as appropriate. The filter medium may be of a surface filtration type or a depth filtration type, and the volume filtration type is preferred because it is not blocked.

其他實施型態中,亦可將原料的纖維素酯至少一度溶解於溶劑後,使用溶劑經乾燥之纖維素酯。此時,使用與至少1種可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、劣化防止劑、抗氧化劑及消光劑共同溶解於溶劑後經乾燥之纖維素酯。作為溶劑,可使用二氯甲烷、乙酸甲基、二氧雜戊環等於溶液流延法所使用的良溶劑,同時可使用甲醇、乙醇、丁醇等弱溶劑。溶解過程下可冷卻至-20℃以下、或加熱至80℃以上亦可。使用如此纖維素酯時,容易均勻混合熔融狀態時的各添加物,可使光學特性均勻。In other embodiments, the cellulose ester of the raw material may be dissolved in a solvent at least once, and the dried cellulose ester may be used. At this time, the dried cellulose ester is dissolved in a solvent together with at least one type of plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber, deterioration inhibitor, antioxidant, and matting agent. As the solvent, dichloromethane, methyl acetate, and dioxolane can be used as a good solvent for the solution casting method, and a weak solvent such as methanol, ethanol or butanol can be used. It can be cooled to -20 ° C or lower, or heated to 80 ° C or higher during the dissolution process. When such a cellulose ester is used, it is easy to uniformly mix the respective additives in a molten state, and the optical characteristics can be made uniform.

本發明的光學薄膜可為適宜地混合纖維素酯以外的高分子成分者。經混合之高分子成分為,與纖維素酯之相溶性優良者為佳,作為薄膜時之透過率為80%以上,較佳為90%以上,更佳為92%以上。The optical film of the present invention may be a polymer component other than a cellulose ester. The polymer component to be mixed is preferably one having a good compatibility with a cellulose ester, and the transmittance in the case of a film is 80% or more, preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 92% or more.

《抗氧化劑》"Antioxidants"

成為本發明的光學薄膜之基材的樹脂不僅會經熱亦會經氧而促進其分解,故對於本發明之光學薄膜而言,含有作為安定化劑之抗氧化劑者為佳。The resin which becomes the base material of the optical film of the present invention not only promotes decomposition by oxygen but also by oxygen, and therefore it is preferable for the optical film of the present invention to contain an antioxidant as a stabilizer.

特別於如進行熔融製膜之高溫環境下,因會因薄膜成形材料之熱、及氧而促進分解,故含有抗氧化劑者為佳。In particular, in a high-temperature environment in which a melt film is formed, since it is accelerated by the heat of the film forming material and oxygen, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant.

又,本發明中之較佳型態的纖維素酯為,藉由弱溶劑進行懸浮洗淨時,抗氧化劑存在下進行洗淨亦佳。所使用之抗氧化劑僅為可使纖維素酯所產生的自由基不活性化、或可抑制於纖維素酯所產生的自由基上加成氧所引起的纖維素酯的劣化之化合物即可,並無特別限定。Further, in the cellulose ester of the preferred embodiment of the present invention, it is also preferred to carry out washing in the presence of an antioxidant in the case of suspension washing with a weak solvent. The antioxidant to be used may be a compound which can inactivate the radical generated by the cellulose ester or inhibit the deterioration of the cellulose ester caused by the addition of oxygen to the radical generated by the cellulose ester. There is no particular limitation.

纖維素酯的懸浮洗淨上所使用之抗氧化劑亦可於洗淨後殘存於纖維素酯中。殘存量以0.01~2000ppm為佳,較佳為0.05~1000ppm,更佳為0.1~100ppm。The antioxidant used in the suspension washing of the cellulose ester may also remain in the cellulose ester after washing. The residual amount is preferably from 0.01 to 2,000 ppm, more preferably from 0.05 to 1,000 ppm, still more preferably from 0.1 to 100 ppm.

作為本發明中有用之抗氧化劑,僅可抑制藉由氧之薄膜成形材料的劣化之化合物即可,並無特別限定,其中作為有用抗氧化劑,可舉出酚系化合物、受阻胺系化合物、磷系化合物、硫系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物、氧清除劑等,彼等中,特別以受阻酚系化合物、磷系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物為佳。藉由添加這些化合物,不會降低透明性、耐熱性等,且可防止因熱或熱氧化劣化等所造成的成形體之著色或強度降低。這些抗氧化劑可各單獨、或組合2種以上後使用。The antioxidant which is useful in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can suppress deterioration of the film forming material by oxygen, and examples of useful antioxidants include phenolic compounds, hindered amine compounds, and phosphorus. A compound, a sulfur-based compound, a lactone-based compound, an acrylate-based compound, an oxygen scavenger, and the like are preferable, and among them, a hindered phenol-based compound, a phosphorus-based compound, a lactone-based compound, and an acrylate-based compound are particularly preferable. By adding these compounds, transparency, heat resistance, and the like are not lowered, and coloring or strength reduction of the molded body due to heat or thermal oxidative degradation or the like can be prevented. These antioxidants can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

(酚系化合物)(phenolic compound)

作為本發明所使用的有用抗氧化劑之一,以酚系化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants used in the present invention, a phenol compound is preferred.

酚系化合物為已知的化合物,例如如美國專利第4,839,405號說明書的第12~14欄所記載,含於2,6-二烷基酚衍生物化合物。作為如此化合物中之較佳化合物,以下述一般式(A)所示化合物為佳。The phenolic compound is a known compound, and is contained in the 2,6-dialkylphenol derivative compound, for example, as described in the columns 12 to 14 of the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,839,405. As a preferred compound among such compounds, a compound represented by the following general formula (A) is preferred.

式中,R11 ~R16 表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基可舉出鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子等)、烷基(例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、羥基乙基、甲氧基甲基、三氟甲基、t-丁基等)、環烷基(例如環戊基、環己基等)、芳烷基(例如苯甲基、2-苯乙基等)、芳基(例如苯基、萘基、p-甲苯基、p-氯苯基等)、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基等)、氰基、醯胺基(例如乙醯胺基、丙醯基胺基等)、烷基硫基(例如甲基硫基、乙基硫基、丁基硫基等)、芳基硫基(例如苯基硫基等)、磺醯胺基(例如甲烷磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基等)、脲基(例如3-甲基脲基、3,3-二甲基脲基、1,3-二甲基脲基等)、胺磺醯胺基(二甲基胺磺醯胺基等)、胺基甲醯基(例如甲胺基甲醯基、乙胺基甲醯基、二甲胺基甲醯基等)、胺磺醯基(例如乙基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基等)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳基氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基等)、磺醯基(例如甲磺醯基、丁磺醯基、苯基磺醯基等)、醯基(例如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基等)、胺基(甲胺基、乙胺基、二甲胺基等)、氰基、羥基、硝基、亞硝基、胺氧化物基(例如吡啶-氧化物基)、亞胺基(例如酞醯亞胺基等)、二硫化物基(例如苯二硫化物基、苯並噻唑基-2-二硫化物基等)、羧基、磺基、雜環基(例如、吡咯基、吡咯烷基、吡唑基、咪唑基、吡啶基、苯並咪唑基、苯並噻唑基、苯並噁唑基等)等。這些取代基可進一步被取代。In the formula, R 11 to R 16 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom) or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a t-butyl group). a group such as a cycloalkyl group (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.), an aralkyl group (e.g., benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, etc.), an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, p-tolyl, P-chlorophenyl, etc.), alkoxy (eg methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (eg phenoxy, etc.), cyano, guanamine ( For example, an acetamino group, a propylamino group, etc., an alkylthio group (for example, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a butylthio group, etc.), an arylthio group (for example, a phenylthio group, etc.), Sulfonamide (eg, methanesulfonamide, benzenesulfonylamino, etc.), urea group (eg, 3-methylureido, 3,3-dimethylureido, 1,3-dimethylureido) Etc.), sulfonamide (dimethylamine sulfonamide, etc.), aminomethyl thiol (eg, methylaminomethyl thiol, ethylaminomethyl decyl, dimethylaminomethyl hydrazino, etc.) Aminesulfonyl (e.g., ethylamine sulfonyl, dimethylamine sulfonyl, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl) An aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), a sulfonyl group (e.g., a sulfonyl group, a butyl sulfonyl group, a phenyl sulfonyl group, etc.), a fluorenyl group (e.g., an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl group) Anthracenyl, butyl hydrazide, etc., an amine group (methylamino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, etc.), a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a nitroso group, an amine oxide group (for example, a pyridine-oxide group), An imido group (for example, an oximine group or the like), a disulfide group (for example, a benzene disulfide group, a benzothiazolyl-2-disulfide group, etc.), a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a heterocyclic group (for example, Pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted.

又,以R11 為氫原子、R12 、R16 為t-丁基之酚系化合物為佳。作為酚系化合物之具體例,可含有n-十八烷基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)-丙酸酯、n-十八烷基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)-乙酸酯、n-十八烷基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、n-己基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基苯甲酸酯、n-月桂基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基苯甲酸酯、新-月桂基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、月桂基β(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、乙基α-(4-羥基-3,5-二-t-丁基苯基)異丁酸酯、十八烷基α-(4-羥基-3,5-二-t-丁基苯基)異丁酸酯、十八烷基α-(4-羥基-3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2-(n-辛基硫)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯甲酸酯、2-(n-辛基硫)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯基乙酸酯、2-(n-十八烷基硫代)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯、2-(n-十八烷基硫代)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯甲酸酯、2-(2-羥基乙基硫代)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、二乙基甘醇雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基-苯基)丙酸酯、2-(n-十八烷基硫代)乙基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、硬脂醯胺N,N-雙-[伸乙基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、n-丁基亞胺N,N-雙-[伸乙基3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、2-(2-硬脂醯氧基乙基硫代)乙基3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲酸酯、2-(2-硬脂醯氧基乙基硫代)乙基7-(3-甲基-5-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)庚酸酯、1,2-丙二醇雙-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、乙二醇雙-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、新戊二醇雙-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、乙二醇雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯)、甘油-1-n-十八烷酸酯-2,3-雙-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基乙酸酯)、季戊四醇肆-[3-(3’,5’-二-t-丁基-4’-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、3,9-雙-{2-[3-(3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯基氧基]-1,1-二甲基乙基}-2,4,8,10-四噁螺[5.5]十一烷、1,1,1-三羥甲基乙烷-參-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、山梨糖醇六-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、2-羥基乙基7-(3-甲基-5-t丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯、2-硬脂醯氧基乙基7-(3-甲基-5-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)庚酸酯、1,6-n-己二醇-雙[(3’,5’-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]、季戊四醇肆(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基氫化肉桂酸酯)。上述形式的酚化合物,例如可使用由Ciba Japan股份有限公司購得之”Irganox1076”及”Irganox1010”之商品名。Further, a phenol compound wherein R 11 is a hydrogen atom and R 12 and R 16 are a t-butyl group is preferred. Specific examples of the phenolic compound may include n-octadecyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionate, n-octadecyl 3-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-acetate, n-octadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, n-hexyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, n-lauryl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, neo-lauryl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, lauryl β(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, B Α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl)isobutyrate, octadecyl α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) Isobutyrate, octadecyl α-(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2-(n-octylthio)ethyl 3, 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate, 2-(n-octylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl acetate, 2-(n-octadecylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate, 2-(n-octadecylthio)ethyl 3, 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate, 2-(2-hydroxyethylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, Diethyl glycol bis-( 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl)propionate, 2-(n-octadecylthio)ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, stearylamine N,N-bis-[extended ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], n -butylimine N,N-bis-[stretch ethyl 3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2-(2-stearyloxyloxy) Ethylthio)ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-(2-stearyloxyethylthio)ethyl 7-(3-methyl -5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)heptanoate, 1,2-propanediol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] , ethylene glycol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], neopentyl glycol bis-[3-(3,5-di-t- Butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], ethylene glycol bis-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate), glycerol-1-n-octadecane Acid ester-2,3-bis-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate), pentaerythritol bismuth-[3-(3',5'-di-t-butyl -4'-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 3,9-bis-{2-[3-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanyloxy] -1,1-dimethylethyl}-2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane, 1,1,1-trimethylolethane- -[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], sorbitol hexa-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)propionate], 2-hydroxyethyl 7-(3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 2-stearyloxyethyl 7-(3 -Methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)heptanoate, 1,6-n-hexanediol-bis[(3',5'-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)propionate], pentaerythritol oxime (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate). For the phenol compound of the above form, for example, "Irganox 1076" and "Irganox 1010" available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. can be used.

(受阻胺系化合物)(hindered amine compound)

作為本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以下述一般式(B)所示受阻胺系化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, a hindered amine compound represented by the following general formula (B) is preferred.

式中,R21 ~R27 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)之R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。R24 以氫原子、甲基為佳,R27 以氫原子為佳,R22 、R23 、R25 、R26 以甲基為佳。In the formula, R 21 to R 27 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A). R 24 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 27 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 22 , R 23 , R 25 and R 26 are preferably a methyl group.

作為受阻胺系化合物之具體例,可舉出雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)琥珀酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-辛氧-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-苯甲基氧基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(N-環己基氧基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)2-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)-2-丁基丙二酸酯、雙(1-丙烯醯基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)2,2-雙(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)-2-丁基丙二酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)癸二酸酯、2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶甲基丙烯酸酯、4-[3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯基氧基]-1-[2-(3-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙醯基氧基)乙基]-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶、2-甲基-2-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)胺基-N-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)丙醯胺、肆(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸酯、肆(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶)1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸酯等。Specific examples of the hindered amine compound include bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl) sebacic acid and bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4). - piperidine) succinate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(N-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl Alkyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(N-benzyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)sebacic acid, bis(N-cyclohexyloxy) -2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) sebacic acid, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine)2-(3,5- Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-butylmalonate, bis(1-propenyl 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) 2 ,2-bis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2-butylmalonate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4 - piperidine) sebacate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine methacrylate, 4-[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyl) Phenyl)propanyloxy]-1-[2-(3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanyloxy)ethyl]-2,2, 6,6-Tetramethylpiperidine, 2-methyl-2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)amino-N-(2,2,6,6-tetra Methyl-4-piperidine)propanamine, hydrazine (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, hydrazine (1, 2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidine) 1,2,3,4-butyl Alkanetetracarboxylic acid ester and the like.

又,亦可為高分子形式的化合物,作為具體例可舉出N,N’,N”,N”’-肆-[4,6-雙-[丁基-(N-甲基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶-4-基)胺基]-三嗪-2-基]-4,7-二氮雜癸烷-1,10-二胺、二丁基胺與1,3,5-三嗪-N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)-1,6-六伸甲基二胺與N-(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)丁基胺之聚縮合物、二丁基胺與1,3,5-三嗪與N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)丁基胺之聚縮合物、聚[{(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)胺基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基}{(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}六伸甲基{(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}]、1,6-己二胺-N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)與嗎啉-2,4,6-三氯-1,3,5-三嗪之聚縮合物、聚[(6-嗎啉代-s-三嗪-2,4-二基)[(2,2,6,6,-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺]-六伸甲基[(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺]]等哌啶環為介著三嗪骨架以複數結合的高分子量HALS;琥珀酸二甲基與4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶乙醇之聚合物、1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸與1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶醇與3,9-雙(2-羥基-1,1-二甲基乙基)-2,4,8,10-四噁螺[5,5]十一烷之混合酯化物等哌啶環介著酯鍵所結合之化合物等,但不限定於此些。Further, it may be a compound in a polymer form, and specific examples thereof include N,N',N",N"'-肆-[4,6-bis-[butyl-(N-methyl-2, 2,6,6-Tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino]-triazin-2-yl]-4,7-diazadecane-1,10-diamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine-N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)-1,6-hexamethyldiamine and N-(2, Polycondensate of 2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)butylamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine with N,N'-bis(2,2,6, Polycondensate of 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)butylamine, poly[{(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-triazine-2 ,4-diyl}{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imide}hexamethyl{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) Imine}], 1,6-hexanediamine-N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine) and morpholine-2,4,6-trichloro -1,3,5-triazine polycondensate, poly[(6-morpholino-s-triazine-2,4-diyl)[(2,2,6,6,-tetramethyl- 4-piperidinium imine]-hexamethyl-[[2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine]] piperidine ring is a complex combination of a triazine skeleton High molecular weight HALS; polymer of dimethyl succinate with 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid and 1 ,2 , 2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinol and 3,9-bis(2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxan [ 5,5] a compound such as a mixed esterified product of undecane, such as a compound in which a piperidine ring is bonded via an ester bond, but is not limited thereto.

彼等中亦以二丁基胺與1,3,5-三嗪與N,N’-雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)丁基胺之聚縮合物、聚[{(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)胺基-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基}{(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}六伸甲基{(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶)亞胺}]、琥珀酸二甲基與4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基-1-哌啶乙醇之聚合物等,其數平均分子量(Mn)為2,000~5,000者為佳。They also use polycondensates of dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine with N,N'-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinyl)butylamine. , poly[{(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl}{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl) 4-piperidine)imine}hexamethyl{(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidine)imine}], dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2, The polymer of 2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol or the like preferably has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,000 to 5,000.

上述形式的受阻胺化合物,例如可由Ciba Japan股份有限公司所購得之”Tinuvin144”及”Tinuvin770”,由股份有限公司ADEKA所購得之”ADK STAB LA-52”之商品名。The hindered amine compound of the above-mentioned form is, for example, "Tinuvin 144" and "Tinuvin 770" available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd., and the trade name "ADK STAB LA-52" available from the company ADEKA.

(磷系化合物)(phosphorus compound)

作為本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以選自亞磷酸酯(phosphite)、亞膦酸酯(phosphonite)、次亞磷酸(phosphinite)、或第3級膦(phosphane)所成群之磷系化合物為佳,具體為分子內具有下述一般式(C-1)、(C-2)、(C-3)、(C-4)、(C-5)所示部分結構的化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, a phosphorus system selected from the group consisting of phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or phosphane The compound is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the following general formulas (C-1), (C-2), (C-3), (C-4), or (C-5) in the molecule. .

式中,Ph1 及Ph’1 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。較佳為Ph1 及Ph’1 表示伸苯基,該伸苯基之氫原子可由苯基、碳數1~8的烷基、碳數5~8的環烷基、碳數6~12的烷基環烷基或碳數7~12的芳烷基所取代。Ph1 及Ph’1 可彼此相同或相異。X表示單鍵、硫原子或-CHR6 -基。R6 表示氫原子、碳數1~8的烷基或碳數5~8的環烷基。又,可由與這些前述一般式(A)之R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義之取代基進行取代。In the formula, Ph 1 and Ph' 1 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 in the above general formula (A). Preferably, Ph 1 and Ph' 1 represent a phenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group may be a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 6 to 12; An alkylcycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms is substituted. Ph 1 and Ph' 1 may be identical or different from each other. X represents a single bond, a sulfur atom or a -CHR 6 - group. R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. Further, it may be substituted with a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A).

式中,Ph2 及Ph’2 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。較佳為Ph2 及Ph’2 表示苯基或聯苯基,該苯基或聯苯基之氫原子可由碳數1~8的烷基、碳數5~8的環烷基、碳數6~12的烷基環烷基或碳數7~12的芳烷基所取代。Ph2 及Ph’2 可彼此相同或相異。又,可由與這些前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義之取代基進行取代。In the formula, Ph 2 and Ph' 2 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 in the above general formula (A). Preferably, Ph 2 and Ph' 2 represent a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group may be an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 6 Substituted by an alkylcycloalkyl group of ~12 or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Ph 2 and Ph' 2 may be identical or different from each other. Further, it may be substituted with a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A).

式中,Ph3 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。較佳為Ph3 表示苯基或聯苯基,該苯基或聯苯基之氫原子可由碳數1~8的烷基、碳數5~8的環烷基、碳數6~12的烷基環烷基或碳數7~12的芳烷基所取代。又,可由與這些前述一般式(A)之R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義之取代基進行取代。In the formula, Ph 3 represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 in the above general formula (A). Preferably, Ph 3 represents a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group may be an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Substituted by a cycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Further, it may be substituted with a substituent which is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A).

式中,Ph4 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。較佳為Ph4 表示碳數1~20的烷基或苯基,該烷基或苯基可由與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義的取代基進行取代。In the formula, Ph 4 represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 in the above general formula (A). P 4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group which may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A).

式中,Ph5 、Ph’5 及Ph”5 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。較佳為Ph5 、Ph’5 及Ph”5 表示碳數1~20的烷基或苯基,該烷基或苯基可由與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義的取代基進行取代。In the formula, Ph 5 , Ph' 5 and Ph" 5 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A). Preferably, Ph 5 , Ph' 5 and Ph " 5 " represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a phenyl group which may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 of the above general formula (A).

作為磷系化合物的具體例,可舉出三苯基亞磷酸酯、二苯基異癸基亞磷酸酯、苯基二異癸基亞磷酸酯、參(壬基苯基)亞磷酸酯、參(二壬基苯基)亞磷酸酯、參(2,4-二-t-丁基苯基)亞磷酸酯、10-(3,5-二-t-丁基-4-羥基苯甲基)-9,10-二氫-9-噁-10-膦菲-10-氧化物、6-[3-(3-t-丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙氧基]-2,4,8,10-四-t-丁基二苯並[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine、十三烷基亞磷酸酯等單亞磷酸酯系化合物;4,4’-亞丁基-雙(3-甲基-6-t-丁基苯基-二-十三烷基亞磷酸酯)、4,4’-異亞丙基-雙(苯基-二-烷基(C12~C15)亞磷酸酯)等二亞磷酸酯系化合物;三苯基亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4-二-tert-丁基苯基)[1,1-聯苯基]-4,4’-二基雙亞膦酸酯、肆(2,4-二-tert-丁基-5-甲基苯基)[1,1-聯苯基]-4,4’-二基雙亞膦酸酯等亞膦酸酯系化合物;三苯基次亞磷酸、2,6-二甲基苯基二苯基次亞磷酸等次亞磷酸系化合物;三苯基膦、參(2,6-二甲氧基苯基)膦等膦系化合物;等。Specific examples of the phosphorus-based compound include triphenylphosphite, diphenylisodecylphosphite, phenyldiisodecylphosphite, hexamethylenephenylphosphite, and ginseng. (didecylphenyl) phosphite, ginseng (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, 10-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) )-9,10-dihydro-9-oxo-10-phosphinophen-10-oxide, 6-[3-(3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propoxy a monophosphite compound such as -2,4,8,10-tetra-t-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepine or tridecyl phosphite; 4'-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenyl-di-tridecyl phosphite), 4,4'-isopropylidene-bis(phenyl-di- a diphosphite compound such as an alkyl (C12-C15) phosphite; triphenylphosphinate, bismuth (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) [1,1-biphenyl ]-4,4'-diylbisphosphonite, bismuth(2,4-di-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)[1,1-biphenyl]-4,4'- a phosphonite compound such as a dibasic bisphosphonite; a hypophosphorous compound such as a triphenylphosphite or a 2,6-dimethylphenyldiphenylphosphite; a triphenylphosphine or a ginseng a phosphine-based compound such as (2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)phosphine;

上述形式的磷系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限公司所購得之“SumilizerGP”、由股份有限公司ADEKA所購得之ADK STAB PEP-24G”、”ADK STAB PEP-36”及”ADK STAB 3010”、由Ciba Japan股份有限公司所購得之”IRGAFOS P-EPQ”、堺化學工業股份有限公司所購得之“GSY-P101”之商品名。The phosphorus-based compound of the above form, for example, "Sumilizer GP" available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP-24G", "ADK STAB PEP-36" and "ADK STAB 3010" available from ADEKA Co., Ltd. "IRGAFOS P-EPQ", which is commercially available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd., and "GSY-P101", which is commercially available from Dai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

(硫系化合物)(sulfur compound)

作為本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以下述一般式(D)所示硫系化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, a sulfur-based compound represented by the following general formula (D) is preferred.

式中,R31 及R32 表示取代基。作為取代基與前述一般式(A)的R11 ~R15 所示取代基同義。In the formula, R 31 and R 32 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 11 to R 15 in the above general formula (A).

作為硫系化合物之具體例,可舉出二月桂基3,3-硫二丙酸酯、二肉豆蔻基3,3’-硫二丙酸酯、二硬脂醯基3,3-硫二丙酸酯、月桂基硬脂醯基3,3-硫二丙酸酯、季戊四醇-肆(β-月桂基-硫-丙酸酯)、3,9-雙(2-月桂基硫乙基)-2,4,8,10-四噁螺[5,5]十一烷等。Specific examples of the sulfur-based compound include dilauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, and distearyl 3,3-sulfan Propionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3-thiodipropionate, pentaerythritol-indole (β-lauryl-thio-propionate), 3,9-bis(2-laurylthioethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane, etc.

上述形式的硫系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限公司購得之”Sumilizer TPL-R”及”Sumilizer TP-D”之商品名。The sulfur-based compound of the above form is, for example, the trade name "Sumilizer TPL-R" and "Sumilizer TP-D" available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.

(丙烯酸酯系化合物)(acrylate compound)

作為本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以丙烯酸酯系化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, an acrylate-based compound is preferred.

作為丙烯酸酯系化合物之具體例,可舉出2-tert-丁基-6-(3-tert-丁基-2-羥基-5-甲基苯甲基)-4-甲基苯基丙烯酸酯、2-[1-(2-羥基-3、5-二-tert-戊基苯基)乙基]-4,6-二-tert-戊基苯基丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯系化合物。上述形式的丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可由住友化學股份有限公司所購得之”SumilizerGM”及”SumilizerGS”之商品名。Specific examples of the acrylate-based compound include 2-tert-butyl-6-(3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl)-4-methylphenyl acrylate. An acrylate-based compound such as 2-[1-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-pentylphenyl)ethyl]-4,6-di-tert-pentylphenyl acrylate. The acrylate-based compound of the above-mentioned form is, for example, a trade name of "Sumilizer GM" and "Sumilizer GS" available from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.

(內酯系化合物)(lactone compound)

作為本發明中之有用抗氧化劑之一,以內酯系化合物為佳。As one of the useful antioxidants in the present invention, a lactone-based compound is preferred.

作為內酯系化合物之具體例,可舉出3-[4-(2-乙酸基乙氧基)苯基]-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、5,7-二第三丁基-3-[4-(2-硬脂醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]苯並呋喃-2-酮、3,3’-雙[5,7-二第三丁基-3-(4-[2-羥基乙氧基]苯基)苯並呋喃-2-酮]、5,7-二第三丁基-3-(4-甲氧基苯基)苯並呋喃-2-酮、5,7-二第三丁基-3-苯基苯並呋喃-2-酮、5,7-二第三丁基-4-甲基-3-苯基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3-(4-乙酸基-3,5-二甲基苯基)-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3-(3,5-二甲基-4-三甲基乙醯基氧基苯基)-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3-(3,4-二甲基苯基)-5,7-二第三丁基苯並呋喃-2-酮、3-(2,3-二甲基苯基)-5,7-二第三丁基-苯並呋喃-2-酮等苯並呋喃酮系化合物等。上述形式的內酯系化合物,例如可由Ciba Japan股份有限公司所購得之”HP-136”之商品名。Specific examples of the lactone-based compound include 3-[4-(2-acetoxyethoxy)phenyl]-5,7-di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one, 5,7. -Di-tert-butyl-3-[4-(2-stearyloxyethoxy)phenyl]benzofuran-2-one, 3,3'-bis[5,7-di-3rd 3-(4-[2-hydroxyethoxy]phenyl)benzofuran-2-one], 5,7-di-t-butyl-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzo Furan-2-one, 5,7-di-t-butyl-3-phenylbenzofuran-2-one, 5,7-di-t-butyl-4-methyl-3-phenylbenzofuran 2-keto, 3-(4-acetoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-5,7-di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one, 3-(3,5-dimethyl Benzyl-4-trimethylethenyloxyphenyl)-5,7-di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one, 3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-5,7 - benzofuranone such as di-t-butylbenzofuran-2-one or 3-(2,3-dimethylphenyl)-5,7-di-t-butyl-benzofuran-2-one A compound or the like. The lactone compound of the above form is, for example, a trade name of "HP-136" available from Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.

抗氧化劑與前述纖維素酯同樣地,可於製造時保有、或保存中除去產生的殘留酸、無機鹽、有機低分子等雜質為佳,較佳為純度99%以上。作為殘留酸及水,以0.01~100ppm為佳,將纖維素酯於熔融製膜上,可抑制熱劣化,提高製膜安定性、薄膜之光學物性、機械物性。In the same manner as the cellulose ester, the antioxidant may preferably be contained in the production, or may be removed during storage, such as residual acid, inorganic salt or organic low molecular weight, and preferably has a purity of 99% or more. The residual acid and water are preferably 0.01 to 100 ppm, and the cellulose ester is melt-formed to suppress thermal deterioration, thereby improving film stability, optical properties of the film, and mechanical properties.

對於本發明,彼等抗氧化劑對於樹脂而言各添加0.01~10質量%為佳,添加0.1~5質量%為較佳,添加0.2~2質量%更佳。可併用這些2種以上。In the present invention, it is preferred that the antioxidant is added in an amount of 0.01 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 2% by mass. These two or more types can be used together.

抗氧化劑之添加量過少時,因熔融時安定化作用會降低,故無法達到效果,又添加量過多時,由對纖維素酯之相溶性的觀點來看,作為薄膜之透明性會降低,且薄膜會變脆故不佳。When the amount of the antioxidant added is too small, the stability at the time of melting is lowered, so that the effect cannot be obtained, and when the amount is too large, the transparency of the film is lowered from the viewpoint of compatibility with the cellulose ester, and The film will become brittle and therefore not good.

《酸捕捉劑》Acid Capture Agent

纖維素酯於如進行熔融製膜的高溫環境下會因酸而促進分解,故作為本發明的光學薄膜之安定化劑,含有酸捕捉劑者為佳。作為本發明中之有用酸捕捉劑,僅可與酸進行反應而使酸為不活性化之化合物即可,其中亦以美國專利第4,137,201號說明書所記載,具有環氧基之化合物為佳。作為如此酸捕捉劑的環氧化合物於技術領域下為已知,含有對於種種聚甘醇之二環氧丙醚,特別為聚甘醇之每1莫耳下,藉由約8~40莫耳之環氧乙烷等縮合所衍生的聚甘醇、甘油的二環氧丙醚等、金屬環氧化合物(例如於氯化乙烯基聚合物組成物中,與氯化乙烯基聚合物組成物自過去即被利用者)、環氧化醚縮合生成物、雙酚A之二環氧丙醚(即,4,4’-二羥基二苯基二甲基甲烷)、環氧化不飽和脂肪酸酯(特別為2~22個碳原子的脂肪酸之4~2個程度的碳原子之烷基的酯(例如丁基環氧硬脂酸酯)等)、及種種環氧化長鏈脂肪酸甘油三酸酯等(例如環氧化大豆油、環氧化亞麻仁油等)之組成物作為代表所例示之環氧化植物油及其他不飽和天然油(這些有時稱為環氧化天然甘油酯或不飽和脂肪酸,這些脂肪酸一般含有12~22個碳原子)。又,作為販賣品的含有環氧基之環氧化物樹脂化合物,可使用EPON 815C、及下述一般式(E)之其他環氧化醚寡聚物縮合生成物。The cellulose ester promotes decomposition by acid in a high-temperature environment in which a melt film is formed. Therefore, it is preferable to use an acid scavenger as the stabilizer for the optical film of the present invention. As the useful acid scavenger in the present invention, it is only necessary to react with an acid to make the acid inactive. Among them, a compound having an epoxy group is preferred as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,137,201. Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and contain diglycidyl ethers for various polyglycols, especially per 1 gram of polyglycol, by about 8 to 40 moles. Polyethylene glycol derived from condensation of ethylene oxide, diglycidyl ether of glycerin, etc., metal epoxy compound (for example, in a chlorinated vinyl polymer composition, and a chlorinated vinyl polymer composition from Used in the past, epoxidized ether condensation product, diglycidyl ether of bisphenol A (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester ( Particularly, an ester of an alkyl group having 4 to 2 carbon atoms of a fatty acid having 2 to 22 carbon atoms (for example, butyl epoxy stearate), and various epoxidized long-chain fatty acid triglycerides. The composition of (e.g., epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc.) is representative of the epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils (sometimes referred to as epoxidized natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, these fatty acids are generally Contains 12 to 22 carbon atoms). Further, as the epoxy group-containing epoxide resin compound for sale, EPON 815C and another epoxidized ether oligomer condensation product of the following general formula (E) can be used.

式中,n為0~12之整數。作為可使用的其他酸捕捉劑,含有特開平5-194788號公報之段落87~105所記載者。In the formula, n is an integer of 0 to 12. Other acid scavengers which can be used include those described in paragraphs 87 to 105 of JP-A-5-194788.

酸捕捉劑以添加0.1~10質量%為佳,添加0.2~5質量%為更佳,添加0.5~2質量%為最佳。可併用彼等2種以上。The acid scavenger is preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass, and most preferably 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of them may be used in combination.

且,酸捕捉劑對於樹脂而言有時稱為酸掃去劑、酸捕獲劑、酸清除劑等,但本發明中這些皆無差異下被使用。Further, the acid scavenger is sometimes referred to as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger or the like for the resin, but these are used in the present invention without any difference.

《紫外線吸收劑》UV Absorber

紫外線吸收劑由可防止對於偏光子或顯示裝置之紫外線的劣化防止之觀點來看,於波長370nm以下之紫外線吸收能優良,由液晶顯示性之觀點來看,以波長400nm以上之可視光的吸收較少為佳。作為本發明所使用的紫外線吸收劑,例如可舉出氧基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯並三唑系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、氰基丙烯酸酯系化合物、鎳錯鹽系化合物、三嗪系化合物等,但二苯甲酮系化合物或著色較少的苯並三唑系化合物、三嗪系化合物為佳。又,可使用特開平10-182621號、同8-337574號公報所記載之紫外線吸收劑、特開平6-148430號、特開2003-113317號公報所記載之高分子紫外線吸收劑。The ultraviolet absorber is excellent in ultraviolet absorption energy at a wavelength of 370 nm or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of ultraviolet rays to a polarizer or a display device, and absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties. Less is better. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include an oxybenzophenone-based compound, a benzotriazole-based compound, a salicylate-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, and a cyanoacrylate-based compound. A nickel-salt-based compound or a triazine-based compound is preferred, but a benzophenone-based compound or a benzotriazole-based compound or a triazine-based compound having less coloration is preferred. In addition, the ultraviolet absorbers described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

作為苯並三唑系紫外線吸收劑之具體例,可舉出2-(2’-羥基-5’-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-tert-丁基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-tert-丁基-5’-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’,5’-二-tert-丁基苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-(3”,4”,5”,6”-四氫酞醯亞胺基甲基)-5’-甲基苯基)苯並三唑、2,2-伸甲基雙(4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯並三唑-2-基)酚)、2-(2’-羥基-3’-tert-丁基-5’-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-tert-丁基-5’-(2-辛基氧基羰基乙基)-苯基)-5-氯苯並三唑、2-(2’-羥基-3’-(1-甲基-1-苯基乙基)-5’-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-苯基)苯並三唑、2-(2H-苯並三唑-2-基)-6-(直鏈及側鏈月桂基)-4-甲基酚、辛基-3-[3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-(氯-2H-苯並三唑-2-基)苯基]丙酸酯與2-乙基己基-3-[3-tert-丁基-4-羥基-5-(5-氯-2H-苯並三唑-2-基)苯基]丙酸酯的混合物等,但未限定於此。Specific examples of the benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber include 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole and 2-(2'-hydroxy-3', 5'. -di-tert-butylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'- Hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-(3",4",5",6"- Tetrahydroindenidomethyl)-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2,2-extended methyl bis(4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol), 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole , 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl)-phenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'- Hydroxy-3'-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-5'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2H -benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(linear and side chain lauryl)-4-methylphenol, octyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(chlorine -2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate with 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzo Mixture of triazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate Etc. but not limited thereto.

又,作為市販品可舉出TINUVIN171、TINUVIN900、TINUVIN928、TINUVIN360(皆為Ciba Japan公司製)、LA31(股份有限公司ADEKA公司製)、RUVA-100(大塚化學製)。Further, as a commercial product, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, and TINUVIN 360 (all manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.), LA31 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and RUVA-100 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be cited.

作為二苯甲酮系化合物之具體例,可舉出2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2,2’-二羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮、雙(2-甲氧基-4-羥基-5-苯甲醯基苯基甲烷)等但未限定於此。Specific examples of the benzophenone-based compound include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, and 2-hydroxy-4-methyl. Oxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis(2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5-benzimidylphenylmethane), and the like are not limited thereto.

本發明中,紫外線吸收劑對於樹脂而言添加0.1~5質量%為佳,更佳為0.2~3質量%為佳,最佳為0.5~2質量%。這些可併用2種以上。In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 3% by mass, most preferably 0.5 to 2% by mass, based on the resin. These can be used in combination of 2 or more types.

又,苯並三唑結構或三嗪結構可為聚合物之一部、或規則性地成為聚合物之側鏈亦可,亦可導入於可塑劑、抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑等其他添加劑之分子結構一部份上。Further, the benzotriazole structure or the triazine structure may be a part of the polymer or a side chain which is regularly a polymer, and may be introduced into other additives such as a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, and the like. Part of the molecular structure.

作為過去公知之紫外線吸收性聚合物,雖無特別限定,例如可舉出將RUVA-93(大塚化學製)單獨聚合之聚合物及將RUVA-93與其他單體共聚合之聚合物等。具體可舉出RUVA-93與甲基甲基丙烯酸酯以3:7的比(質量比)下共聚合之PUVA-30M,以5:5之比(質量比)下共聚合之PUVA-50M等。且可舉出如特開2003-113317號公報所記載之聚合物等。The ultraviolet ray-absorbing polymer which is known in the art is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polymer obtained by separately polymerizing RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a polymer copolymerizing RUVA-93 with another monomer. Specifically, PUVA-30M copolymerized with RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate at a ratio of 3:7 (mass ratio), PUVA-50M copolymerized at a ratio of 5:5 (mass ratio), etc. . Further, a polymer or the like described in JP-A-2003-113317 can be mentioned.

《可塑劑》Plasticizer

有關本發明之光學薄膜的製造,薄膜成形材料中添加至少1種可塑劑為佳。In the production of the optical film of the present invention, it is preferred to add at least one plasticizer to the film forming material.

所謂可塑劑為,一般添加於高分子中而改良脆弱性、或賦予柔軟效果之添加劑,例如,對於本發明中之較佳型態的纖維素酯而言,比單獨下的熔融溫度更降低熔融溫度,又於相同加熱溫度下比纖維素酯單獨更降低含有可塑劑之構成薄膜之材料的熔融黏度而添加可塑劑。又,欲改善纖維素酯之親水性、改善光學薄膜之透濕度時可添加而具有作為透濕防止劑之功能。The plasticizer is an additive which is generally added to a polymer to improve the fragility or impart a softening effect. For example, for the cellulose ester of the preferred form of the present invention, the melting temperature is lowered more than the melt temperature alone. The temperature, and at the same heating temperature, lowers the melt viscosity of the material constituting the film containing the plasticizer than the cellulose ester alone, and adds a plasticizer. Further, in order to improve the hydrophilicity of the cellulose ester and to improve the moisture permeability of the optical film, it is possible to add it as a function of preventing moisture penetration.

其中,所謂構成薄膜之材料之熔融溫度,表示該材料經加熱後表現流動性狀態的溫度。欲使纖維素酯進行熔融流動,至少必須加熱至比玻璃轉移溫度更高的溫度。於玻璃轉移溫度以上時,因熱量吸收而降低彈性率或黏度,而表現流動性。但纖維素酯於高溫下同時因熔融與熱分解而產生纖維素酯分子量之降低,所得之薄膜的力學特性等會受到壞影響,故儘可能必須於降低溫度下熔融纖維素酯。欲降低構成薄膜之材料之熔融溫度,可添加具有比纖維素酯的玻璃轉移溫度更低的融點或玻璃轉移溫度之可塑劑而達成。Here, the melting temperature of the material constituting the film means a temperature at which the material exhibits a fluidity state after being heated. In order for the cellulose ester to undergo a melt flow, it must be heated at least to a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature. When the temperature is above the glass transition temperature, the modulus of elasticity or viscosity is lowered by heat absorption, and fluidity is exhibited. However, at the same time, the cellulose ester has a molecular weight decrease due to melting and thermal decomposition at the same time, and the mechanical properties of the obtained film are adversely affected. Therefore, it is necessary to melt the cellulose ester at a reduced temperature as much as possible. To reduce the melting temperature of the material constituting the film, it is possible to add a plasticizer having a melting point or a glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of the cellulose ester.

有關本發明之光學薄膜為,含有較佳為1~25質量%之可塑劑為特徵之光學薄膜。若比1質量%少時,無法得到平面性改善效果,若比25質量%多時,容易產生滲漏、薄膜的經時安定性會降低故不佳。較佳為可塑劑之含有量為3~20質量%之光學薄膜,更佳為含有5~15質量%之光學薄膜。The optical film according to the present invention is an optical film characterized by containing preferably 1 to 25% by mass of a plasticizer. When the amount is less than 1% by mass, the planarity improving effect is not obtained. When the amount is more than 25% by mass, leakage is likely to occur, and the stability of the film with time is lowered, which is not preferable. An optical film having a plasticizer content of 3 to 20% by mass, more preferably 5 to 15% by mass of an optical film, is preferable.

本發明中,多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑、多元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑為與纖維素酯之親和性較高故較佳。In the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, a polyvalent carboxylic acid, and a monohydric alcohol is preferred because it has a high affinity with a cellulose ester.

作為使用於本發明較佳酯系可塑劑之原料的多元醇之例子,例如可舉出如下者,但本發明不受限於此等。可舉出核糖醇、阿糖醇、乙二醇、甘油、二甘油、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、二丁二醇、1,2,4-丁三醇、1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、己三醇、半乳糖醇、甘露糖醇、3-甲基戊烷-1,3,5-三醇、頻哪醇、山梨糖醇、三羥甲基丙烷、雙三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、木糖醇等。特別以乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷為佳。Examples of the polyhydric alcohol used as a raw material of the preferred ester-based plasticizer of the present invention include, for example, the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Examples thereof include ribitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, and three Propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1 ,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, double Trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, xylitol, and the like. In particular, ethylene glycol, glycerin or trimethylolpropane is preferred.

作為多元醇酯系之一的乙二醇酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出乙二醇二乙酸酯、乙二醇二丁酸酯等乙二醇烷基酯系可塑劑、乙二醇二環丙基羧酸酯、乙二醇二環六羧酸酯等乙二醇環烷基酯系可塑劑、乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、乙二醇二4-甲基苯甲酸酯等乙二醇芳基酯系可塑劑。這些烷基化物基、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基可為相同或相異、或可再被取代。又,可為烷基化物基、環烷基化物基、聚芳基物基之混合,又這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且乙二醇部亦可被取代,乙二醇酯之部分結構可為聚合物之一部、或規則地成為側鏈,又可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑的分子結構之一部份。Examples of the glycol ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polyol esters include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutyrate, and ethylene glycol II. Ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as cyclopropyl carboxylate and ethylene glycol bicyclohexacarboxylate, ethylene glycol dibenzoate, ethylene glycol di 4-methylbenzoate, etc. Ethylene glycol aryl ester plasticizer. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different or may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylate group, or a polyaryl group, and these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. The ethylene glycol moiety may also be substituted, and the partial structure of the ethylene glycol ester may be one part of the polymer or regularly become a side chain, and may be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part of the molecular structure.

作為多元醇酯系之一的甘油酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三醋精、甘油三丁酸酯、甘油二乙酸酯辛酸酯、甘油醇酸酯丙酸酯等甘油烷基酯、甘油三環丙基羧酸酯、甘油三環己基羧酸酯等甘油環烷基酯、甘油三苯甲酸酯、甘油4-甲基苯甲酸酯等甘油芳基酯、二甘油四乙醯化物、二甘油四丙酸酯、二甘油乙酸酯三辛酸酯、二甘油四月桂酸酯、等二甘油烷基酯、二甘油四環丁基羧酸酯、二甘油四環戊基羧酸酯等二甘油環烷基酯、二甘油四苯甲酸酯、二甘油3-甲基苯甲酸酯等二甘油芳基酯等。這些烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基可為相同或相異、或可再被取代。又可為烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基之混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且甘油、二甘油部亦可被取代,甘油酯、二甘油酯之部分結構為聚合物之一部、或規則地成為側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。Specific examples of the glyceride-based plasticizer which is one of the polyol esters include glycerin alkyl esters such as triacetin, glyceryl tributyrate, glyceryl diacetate caprylate, and glyceryl ester propionate. Triglyceride such as glycerol tricyclopropyl carboxylate or glycerol tricyclohexyl carboxylate, glycerol tribenzoate, glycerol 4-methyl benzoate, etc. , diglycerin tetrapropionate, diglycerin acetate trioctanoate, diglycerin tetralaurate, etc. diglyceryl alkyl ester, diglyceryl tetracyclobutyl carboxylate, diglycerol tetracyclopentyl carboxylate A diglycerin aryl ester such as a diglycerin cycloalkyl ester such as an acid ester, diglycerin tetrabenzoate or diglycerin 3-methylbenzoate. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, polyaryl groups may be the same or different or may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylcarboxylate group, a polyaryl group, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the glycerin and the diglycerin moiety may be substituted, and the partial structure of the glyceride or the diglyceride may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain regularly, or may be introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part of the molecular structure.

作為其他多元醇酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出特開2003-12823號公報之段落30~33所記載之多元醇酯系可塑劑。Specific examples of the other polyol ester-based plasticizers include the polyol ester-based plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A-2003-12823.

這些烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基可為相同或相異、可再被取代。又可為烷基化物基、環烷基羧酸酯基、聚芳基物基之混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且多元醇部亦可被取代,多元醇之部分結構可為聚合物一部份、或規則地成為側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。These alkylate groups, cycloalkyl carboxylate groups, and polyaryl groups may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkylate group, a cycloalkylcarboxylate group, a polyaryl group, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the polyol portion may be substituted, and the partial structure of the polyol may be a part of the polymer, or a side chain regularly, or a molecular structure introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Part.

上述多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑中,以烷基多元醇芳基酯為佳,具體可舉出上述乙二醇二苯甲酸酯、甘油三苯甲酸酯、二甘油四苯甲酸酯、季戊四醇四苯甲酸酯、特開2003-12823號公報之段落31所記載例示化合物16。Among the ester-based plasticizers of the above-mentioned polyol and monocarboxylic acid, an alkyl polyol aryl ester is preferred, and specific examples thereof include the above-mentioned ethylene glycol dibenzoate, glycerin tribenzoate, and The compound 16 is exemplified in glycerol tetrabenzoate, pentaerythritol tetrabenzoate, and paragraph 31 of JP-A-2003-12823.

作為多元羧酸酯系之一的二羧酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出雙月桂基丙二酸酯、二辛基己二酸酯、二丁基癸二酸等烷基二羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、二環戊基琥珀酸酯、二環己基己二酸酯等烷基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基琥珀酸酯、二4-甲基苯基戊二酸酯等烷基二羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑、二己基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸酯、二癸基雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3-二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、二環己基-1,2-環丁烷二羧酸酯、二環丙基-1,2-環己基二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基-1,1-環丙基二羧酸酯、二2-萘基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸酯等環烷基二羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑、二乙基酞酸酯、二甲基酞酸酯、二辛基酞酸酯、二丁基酞酸酯、二-2-乙基己基酞酸酯等芳基二羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、二環丙基酞酸酯、二環己基酞酸酯等芳基二羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、二苯基酞酸酯、二4-甲基苯基酞酸酯等芳基二羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑。這些烷氧基、環烷氧基可為相同或相異、又可一取代,這些取代基可再被取代。烷基、環烷基可為混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取代,可為二聚物、三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又鄰苯二甲酸酯之部分結構可為聚合物之一部份、或規則地成為聚合物之側鏈,或可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer which is one of the polycarboxylic acid esters include alkyl dicarboxylates such as dilauryl malonate, dioctyl adipate, and dibutyl sebacic acid. Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer such as a base ester plasticizer, dicyclopentyl succinate or dicyclohexyl adipate, diphenyl succinate, di 4-methylphenyl pentane Alkyl dicarboxylate aryl esters such as diesters, dihexyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate, dimercaptobicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid a cycloalkylalkyl dicarboxylate-based plasticizer such as an ester, a cycloalkyl group such as dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate or dicyclopropyl-1,2-cyclohexyldicarboxylate a cycloalkyl dicarboxylate such as a dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer, diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyldicarboxylate or di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate An aryl group such as an acid aryl ester plasticizer, diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate or di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate Aryl dicarboxylate plasticizer, dicyclopropyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl decanoate, etc. aryl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer, two Group phthalate, di-4-methylphenyl phthalate and aryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester based plasticizer. These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different and may be monosubstituted, and these substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be a mixture, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. Further, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and may be a polymer such as a dimer, a trimer or a tetramer. The partial structure of the phthalate may be a part of the polymer, or may be a side chain of the polymer regularly, or may be introduced into a molecular structure of an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. a part.

作為其他多元羧酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三月桂基三羧酸酯、三丁基-meso-丁烷-1,2,3,4-四羧酸酯等烷基多元羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、三環己基三羧酸酯、三環丙基-2-羥基-1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸酯等烷基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、三苯基2-羥基-1,2,3-丙烷三羧酸酯、四3-甲基苯基四氫呋喃-2,3,4,5-四羧酸酯等烷基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑、四己基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸酯、四丁基-1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、四環丙基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸酯、三環己基-1,3,5-環己基三羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑、三苯基-1,3,5-環己基三羧酸酯、六4-甲基苯基-1,2,3,4,5,6-環己基六羧酸酯等環烷基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑、三月桂基苯-1,2,4-三羧酸酯、四辛基苯-1,2,4,5-四羧酸酯等芳基多元羧酸烷基酯系可塑劑、三環戊基苯-1,3,5-三羧酸酯、四環己基苯-1,2,3,5-四羧酸酯等芳基多元羧酸環烷基酯系可塑劑三苯基苯-1,3,5-四羧酸酯、六4-甲基苯基苯-1,2,3,4,5,6-六羧酸酯等芳基多元羧酸芳基酯系可塑劑。這些烷氧基、環烷氧基可為相同或相異、或1取代,或這些取代基可再被取代。烷基、環烷基可為混合、或這些取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。且鄰苯二甲酸的芳香環亦可被取代,亦可為二聚物、三聚物、四聚物等多聚物。又,鄰苯二甲酸酯的部分結構可為聚合物之一部分、或規則地成為聚合物之側鏈、或亦可導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。Specific examples of the other polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer include alkyl polycarboxylates such as trilauryl tricarboxylate and tributyl-meso-butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylate. Base ester-based plasticizer, tricyclohexyltricarboxylate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate, alkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer, triphenyl Alkyl polycarboxylate aryl ester plasticizer such as 2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate or tetrakis 3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylate a cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl ester such as tetrahexyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate or tetrabutyl-1,2,3,4-cyclopentane tetracarboxylate a plasticizer, a cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl group such as tetracyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate or tricyclohexyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylate Ester-based plasticizer, triphenyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyltricarboxylate, hexa-methylphenyl-1,2,3,4,5,6-cyclohexylhexacarboxylate Alkyl polycarboxylate aryl ester plasticizer, trilauryl benzene-1,2,4-tricarboxylate, tetraoctylbenzene-1,2,4,5-tetracarboxylate, etc. Acid alkyl ester plasticizer, tricyclopentylbenzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylate, tetracyclohexyl Aryl-1,2,3,5-tetracarboxylic acid ester, etc. aryl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizer triphenylbenzene-1,3,5-tetracarboxylate, hexa-methylphenyl An aryl polycarboxylate aryl ester-based plasticizer such as benzene-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylate. These alkoxy groups, cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, or 1 substituted, or these substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be a mixture, or these substituents may be covalently bonded to each other. The aromatic ring of phthalic acid may also be substituted, and may also be a polymer such as a dimer, a trimer or a tetramer. Further, the partial structure of the phthalate may be a part of the polymer, or a side chain which regularly becomes a polymer, or may be introduced into a molecular structure of an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. a part.

上述多元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑中,以烷基二羧酸烷基酯為佳,具體可舉出上述二辛基己二酸酯。Among the ester-based plasticizers of the above polyvalent carboxylic acid and monohydric alcohol, an alkyl dicarboxylate is preferred, and the above dioctyl adipate is specifically mentioned.

作為本發明所使用的其他可塑劑,可舉出磷酸酯系可塑劑、碳水化物酯系可塑劑、聚合物可塑劑等。The other plasticizer used in the present invention may, for example, be a phosphate ester plasticizer, a carbohydrate ester plasticizer, a polymer plasticizer or the like.

作為磷酸酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出三乙醯磷酸酯、三丁基磷酸酯等磷酸烷基酯、三環戊基磷酸酯、環己基磷酸酯等磷酸環烷基酯、三苯基磷酸酯、三甲酚磷酸酯、甲酚苯基磷酸酯、辛基二苯基磷酸酯、二苯基聯苯基磷酸酯、三辛基磷酸酯、三丁基磷酸酯、三萘基磷酸酯、三(二甲苯基)磷酸酯、參正聯苯基磷酸酯等磷酸芳基酯。這些取代基可為相同或相異、可再被取代。又可為烷基、環烷基、芳基之混合、或取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。Specific examples of the phosphate-based plasticizer include alkyl phosphates such as triethylphosphonium phosphate and tributyl phosphate, cycloalkyl phosphates such as tricyclopentyl phosphate and cyclohexyl phosphate, and triphenylphosphoric acid. Ester, cresol phosphate, cresyl phenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, three An aryl phosphate such as (xylenyl) phosphate or Ortho-phenyl phosphate. These substituents may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a substituent which may be covalently bonded to each other.

又可舉出伸乙基雙(二甲基磷酸酯)、伸丁基雙(二乙基磷酸酯)等伸烷基雙(二烷基磷酸酯)、伸乙基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)、伸丙基雙(二萘基磷酸酯)等伸烷基雙(二芳基磷酸酯)、伸苯基雙(二丁基磷酸酯)、雙伸苯基雙(二辛基磷酸酯)等伸芳基雙(二烷基磷酸酯)、伸苯基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)、伸萘基雙(二甲苯醯基磷酸酯)等伸芳基雙(二芳基磷酸酯)等磷酸酯。這些取代基可為相同或相異、可再被取代。又可為烷基、環烷基、芳基之混合、或取代基彼此可以共價鍵結合。Further, an alkyl bis(dialkyl phosphate) such as ethyl bis(dimethyl phosphate) or butyl bis (diethyl phosphate), and ethyl bis(diphenyl phosphate) are mentioned. , propyl bis(dinaphthyl phosphate), etc. alkyl bis(diaryl phosphate), phenyl bis(dibutyl phosphate), diphenyl bis (dioctyl phosphate) Iso-aryl bis(dialkyl phosphate), phenyl bis(diphenyl phosphate), naphthyl bis(xylmethyl phosphate) and the like aryl bis(diaryl phosphate) Phosphate ester. These substituents may be the same or different and may be substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a substituent which may be covalently bonded to each other.

且磷酸酯之部分結構可為聚合物之一部、或規則地成為側鏈、或導入於抗氧化劑、酸掃去劑、紫外線吸收劑等添加劑之分子結構的一部份。上述化合物中,以磷酸芳基酯、伸芳基雙(二芳基磷酸酯)為佳,具體以三苯基磷酸酯、伸苯基雙(二苯基磷酸酯)為佳。Further, the partial structure of the phosphate ester may be a part of the polymer, or a side chain regularly, or a part of a molecular structure introduced into an additive such as an antioxidant, an acid sweeping agent, or an ultraviolet absorber. Among the above compounds, an aryl phosphate or an aryl bis(diaryl phosphate) is preferred, and specifically, a triphenyl phosphate or a phenyl bis(diphenyl phosphate) is preferred.

其次,對於碳水化物酯系可塑劑做說明。所謂碳水化物為糖類以吡喃糖或呋喃糖(6員環或5員環)之形態存在之單糖類、二糖類或三糖類。作為碳水化物之非限定例子,可舉出葡萄糖、蔗糖、乳糖、纖維二糖、甘露糖、木糖、核糖、半乳糖、阿拉伯糖、果糖、山梨糖、纖維丙糖及棉子糖等。所謂碳水化物酯為碳水化物之羥基與羧酸經脫水縮合形成酯化合物者,詳細而言表示碳水化物之脂肪族羧酸酯、或芳香族羧酸酯。作為脂肪族羧酸,例如可舉出乙酸、丙酸等,作為芳香族羧酸,例如可舉出安息香酸、甲苯酸、茴香酸等。碳水化物之羥基數目為對應該種類而不同,但可為羥基的一部份與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化合物、或可為羥基全部與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化合物。本發明中係以羥基全部與羧酸進行反應後形成酯化合物為佳。Next, a description will be given of a carbohydrate ester-based plasticizer. The carbohydrate is a monosaccharide, disaccharide or trisaccharide in which the sugar is in the form of pyranose or furanose (6-membered ring or 5-membered ring). Non-limiting examples of the carbohydrate include glucose, sucrose, lactose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, fibrilose, and raffinose. The carbohydrate hydrate is a compound in which a hydroxyl group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid are dehydrated and condensed to form an ester compound, and specifically, an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester or an aromatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid, and anisic acid. The number of hydroxyl groups of the carbohydrate differs depending on the type, but a part of the hydroxyl group may react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, or all of the hydroxyl group may react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound. In the present invention, it is preferred to form an ester compound by reacting all of the hydroxyl groups with a carboxylic acid.

作為碳水化物酯系可塑劑,具體可舉出葡萄糖五乙酸酯、葡萄糖五丙酸酯、葡萄糖五丁酸酯、蔗糖八乙酸酯、蔗糖八苯甲酸酯等為佳,其中以蔗糖八乙酸酯、蔗糖八苯甲酸酯為較佳、蔗糖八苯甲酸酯為特佳。Specific examples of the carbohydrate hydrate-based plasticizer include glucose pentaacetate, glucose pentapropionate, glucose pentabutyrate, sucrose octaacetate, and sucrose octabenzoate, among which sucrose is eight. Acetate and sucrose octabenzoate are preferred, and sucrose octabenzoate is particularly preferred.

這些化合物之一例子可舉出如下所示,但本發明未限定於彼等。An example of such a compound is as follows, but the present invention is not limited to the same.

莫諾比特SB:第一工業製藥公司製Monobit SB: First Industrial Pharmaceutical Company

莫諾比特SOA:第一工業製藥公司製Monobit SOA: First Industrial Pharmaceutical Company

作為聚合物可塑劑,具體可舉出脂肪族碳化氫系聚合物、脂環式碳化氫系聚合物、聚丙烯酸乙酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯與甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯之共聚物(例如共聚合比1:99~99:1之間任意比率)等丙烯酸系聚合物、聚乙烯基異丁基醚、聚N-乙烯基吡咯烷酮等乙烯基系聚合物、聚苯乙烯、聚4-羥基苯乙烯等苯乙烯系聚合物、聚丁烯琥珀酸酯、聚乙烯對苯二甲酸酯、聚乙烯萘酸酯等聚酯、聚環氧乙烷、聚環氧丙烷等聚醚、聚醯胺、聚尿烷、聚脲等。數平均分子量以1000~500000程度為佳,特佳為5000~200000。1000以下時會產生揮發性之問題,超過500000時,可塑化能力會降低,對於光學薄膜之機械性質會有壞影響。這些聚合物可塑劑可為由1種重複單位所成之單獨聚合物,或亦可為具有複數重複結構物之共聚物。可將上述聚合物合併2種以上使用。Specific examples of the polymer plasticizer include an aliphatic hydrocarbon-based polymer, an alicyclic hydrocarbon-based polymer, polyethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid-2. a vinyl polymer such as an acrylic polymer, a polyvinyl isobutyl ether or a poly N-vinyl pyrrolidone such as a copolymer of hydroxyethyl ester (for example, a copolymerization ratio of any ratio of 1:99 to 99:1) Polystyrene, polystyrene, polystyrene succinate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyester, polyethylene oxide, poly Polyether such as propylene oxide, polyamine, polyurethane, polyurea, and the like. The number average molecular weight is preferably from 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000. When it is less than 1,000, the problem of volatility occurs, and when it exceeds 500,000, the plasticizing ability is lowered, which adversely affects the mechanical properties of the optical film. These polymer plasticizers may be individual polymers formed from one repeating unit, or may be copolymers having a plurality of repeating structures. These polymers may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

其他可塑劑之添加量對於纖維素酯100質量份而言,一般為0.1~50質量份,較佳為1~30質量份,更佳為3~15質量份。The amount of the other plasticizer added is usually 0.1 to 50 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 15 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester.

對於有關本發明之光學薄膜,多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑、多元羧酸與1元醇所成之酯系可塑劑以1~25質量%含有為佳,亦可併用此以外的可塑劑。In the optical film of the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol is preferably contained in an amount of 1 to 25% by mass, and may be used in combination. A plasticizer other than this.

對於有關本發明之光學薄膜,以多元醇與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑為更佳,3價以上之醇與與1元羧酸所成之酯系可塑劑對於纖維素酯之相溶性高,可以高添加率下添加為特徵,故即使併用其他可塑劑或添加劑亦不會產生滲漏,視必要可容易併用其他可塑劑或添加劑為最佳。For the optical film of the present invention, an ester-based plasticizer composed of a polyhydric alcohol and a monocarboxylic acid is more preferable, and an ester-based plasticizer having a trivalent or higher alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid is used for the cellulose ester. It has high compatibility and can be added at a high addition rate. Therefore, even if other plasticizers or additives are used in combination, no leakage occurs, and other plasticizers or additives can be easily used as appropriate.

且,有關本發明之光學薄膜若著色時會對光學用途產生影響,故較佳為黃色度(黃色指數YI)為3.0以下,較佳為1.0以下,黃色度可依據JIS-K7103進行測定。Further, when the optical film of the present invention affects optical use when colored, the yellowness (yellow index YI) is preferably 3.0 or less, preferably 1.0 or less, and the yellowness can be measured in accordance with JIS-K7103.

《消光劑》"matting agent"

本發明之光學薄膜中欲賦予滑潤性或光學性、機械性功能時可添加消光劑。作為消光劑可舉出無機化合物之微粒子或有機化合物之微粒子。In the optical film of the present invention, a matting agent may be added in order to impart a lubricity or an optical or mechanical function. Examples of the matting agent include fine particles of an inorganic compound or fine particles of an organic compound.

消光劑之形狀可為球狀、棒狀、針狀、層狀、平板狀等形狀。作為消光劑,例如可舉出二氧化矽、二氧化鈦、氧化鋁、氧化鋯、碳酸鈣、陶土、滑石、燒成矽酸鈣、水合矽酸鈣、矽酸鋁、矽酸鎂、磷酸鈣等金屬氧化物、磷酸鹽、矽酸鹽、碳酸鹽等無機微粒子或交聯高分子微粒子。其中,亦以二氧化矽可使薄膜之霧值降低故較佳。這些微粒子可藉由有機物進行表面處理時因可降低薄膜之霧值故較佳。The shape of the matting agent may be a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a layer shape, a flat shape or the like. Examples of the matting agent include metals such as ceria, titania, alumina, zirconia, calcium carbonate, clay, talc, calcined calcium citrate, hydrated calcium citrate, aluminum citrate, magnesium citrate, and calcium phosphate. Inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, citrates, and carbonates or crosslinked polymer fine particles. Among them, it is preferable to reduce the haze value of the film by using cerium oxide. These fine particles can be preferably treated by an organic substance because the haze value of the film can be lowered.

表面處理以鹵矽烷類、烷氧基矽烷類、矽氮、矽氧烷等進行為佳。微粒子的平均粒徑越大滑潤性效果越大,相反地若平均粒徑越小透明性越優良。又,微粒子的一次粒子之平均粒徑為0.01~1.0μm的範圍。較佳微粒子之一次粒子的平均粒徑以5~50nm為佳,更佳為7~14nm。彼等微粒子於光學薄膜表面可生成0.01~1.0μm之凹凸故較佳。The surface treatment is preferably carried out with a halogenated alkane, an alkoxydecane, a hydrazine nitrogen, a decane or the like. The larger the average particle diameter of the fine particles, the larger the smoothness effect, and conversely, the smaller the average particle diameter, the more excellent the transparency. Further, the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the fine particles is in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 μm. The average particle diameter of the primary particles of the preferred fine particles is preferably 5 to 50 nm, more preferably 7 to 14 nm. It is preferred that the fine particles form an unevenness of 0.01 to 1.0 μm on the surface of the optical film.

作為二氧化矽的微粒子,可舉出日本AEROSIL(股)製AEROSIL(AEROSIL)200、200V、300、R972、R972V、R974、R202、R812、OX50、TT600、NAX50等日本觸媒(股)製KE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P100、KE-P150等,較佳為AEROSIL200V、R972V、NAX50、KE-P30、KE-P100。這些微粒子可併用2種以上。Examples of the fine particles of cerium oxide include AEROSIL (AEROSIL) 200, 200V, 300, R972, R972V, R974, R202, R812, OX50, TT600, and NAX50 manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd. - P10, KE-P30, KE-P100, KE-P150, etc., preferably AEROSIL 200V, R972V, NAX50, KE-P30, KE-P100. These fine particles may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

併用2種以上時,可經任意比率下混合後使用。平均粒徑或材質相異的微粒子,例如將AEROSIL200V與R972V於質量比為0.1:99.9~99.9:0.1之範圍下使用。When two or more types are used in combination, they can be used after mixing at any ratio. The fine particles having an average particle diameter or a different material are used, for example, in a range in which the mass ratio of AEROSIL 200V and R972V is from 0.1:99.9 to 99.9:0.1.

這些消光劑的添加方法可藉由混煉等方式進行為佳。又,作為另一形態,混合分散預先分散於溶劑的消光劑與樹脂及/或可塑劑及/或抗氧化劑及/或紫外線吸收劑後,將溶劑經揮發或沈澱後得到固體物,將此使用於樹脂熔融物的製造過程時,由消光劑可均勻地分散於樹脂中之觀點來看為佳。The method of adding these matting agents may preferably be carried out by kneading or the like. Further, in another embodiment, the matting agent previously dispersed in the solvent and the resin and/or the plasticizer and/or the antioxidant and/or the ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, and then the solvent is volatilized or precipitated to obtain a solid matter, and this is used. In the production process of the resin melt, it is preferred from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the resin.

欲改善薄膜機械、電氣、光學等特性,故可添上述消光劑。In order to improve the mechanical, electrical, optical and other characteristics of the film, the above matting agent can be added.

且,添加這些微粒子可提高所得薄膜之滑潤性提高,但添加時會使霧值上昇,故較佳含有量對於樹脂而言以0.001~5質量%為佳,較佳為0.005~1質量%,更佳為0.01~0.5質量%。Further, the addition of these fine particles improves the smoothness of the obtained film, but increases the haze value when added. Therefore, the content of the resin is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.005 to 1% by mass, based on the resin. More preferably, it is 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.

且,作為本發明之光學薄膜,若霧值超過1.0%時,作為光學用材料會有所影響,較佳為霧值未達1.0%,較佳為未達0.5%。霧值可依據JIS-K7136進行測定。Further, as the optical film of the present invention, when the haze value exceeds 1.0%, it may be affected as an optical material, and it is preferable that the haze value is less than 1.0%, preferably less than 0.5%. The haze value can be measured in accordance with JIS-K7136.

構成薄膜之材料於熔融及製膜步驟中,要求揮發成分較少或不產生。此於加熱熔融時發泡,可減少或迴避薄膜内部之缺陷或薄膜表面的平面性劣化。The material constituting the film requires less or no generation of volatile components in the melting and film forming steps. This foaming upon heating and melting can reduce or avoid defects in the interior of the film or planarity deterioration of the surface of the film.

構成薄膜之材料於熔融時的揮發成分含有量為1質量%以下,較佳為0.5質量%以下,更佳為0.2質量%以下,最佳為0.1質量%以下。本發明中,使用差示熱重量測定裝置(精工電子工業公司製TG/DTA200),求得自30℃至250℃的加熱減量,其量作為揮發成分之含有量。The content of the volatile component at the time of melting of the material constituting the film is 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less, and most preferably 0.1% by mass or less. In the present invention, a differential thermal weight measuring device (TG/DTA200 manufactured by Seiko Instruments Inc.) is used to obtain a heating loss from 30 ° C to 250 ° C, and the amount thereof is a content of a volatile component.

所使用的構成薄膜之材料為將前述水分或前述溶劑等作為代表的揮發成分於製膜前、或加熱時除去為佳。除去方法可使用公知乾燥方法之加熱法、減壓法、加熱減壓法等方法進行,亦可於空氣中或作為惰性氣體選擇氮之環境氣體下進行。進行這些公知的乾燥方法時,於構成薄膜之材料不會分解之溫度區域下進行時可提高薄膜之品質。The material constituting the film to be used is preferably a volatile component represented by the above-mentioned water or the above-mentioned solvent, before or during film formation. The removal method can be carried out by a heating method such as a known drying method, a pressure reduction method, a heating and pressure reduction method, or the like, or can be carried out in the air or as an inert gas to select an atmosphere of nitrogen. When these known drying methods are carried out, the quality of the film can be improved when it is carried out in a temperature region where the material constituting the film does not decompose.

製膜前進行乾燥時,可減少揮發成分之產生,樹脂可單獨、或樹脂與構成薄膜之材料中,分割成樹脂以外的至少1種以上的混合物或相溶物後乾燥。乾燥溫度以70℃以上為佳。於乾燥之材料上存在具有玻璃轉移溫度的物質時,加熱至比該玻璃轉移溫度還高之乾燥溫度時,材料或融化而處理困難,故乾燥溫度以玻璃轉移溫度以下為佳。複數物質具有玻璃轉移溫度時,以玻璃轉移溫度較低的玻璃轉移溫度為基準。較佳為70℃以上,(玻璃轉移溫度-5)℃以下,更佳為110℃以上,(玻璃轉移溫度-20)℃以下。乾燥時間較佳為0.5~24小時,較佳為1~18小時,更佳為1.5~12小時。乾燥溫度過低時,揮發成分之除去率會降低,且乾燥時間會過長。又,乾燥步驟可分為2段階以上進行,例如乾燥步驟可含有使用於材料保管之預備乾燥步驟、與製膜前~1週前進行前乾燥步驟。When drying is performed before the film formation, the generation of the volatile component can be reduced, and the resin can be separated into a mixture or a mixture of at least one of the resin and the resin and the material constituting the film, and then dried. The drying temperature is preferably 70 ° C or more. When a material having a glass transition temperature is present on the dried material, when it is heated to a drying temperature higher than the glass transition temperature, the material is melted and processed, and the drying temperature is preferably at or below the glass transition temperature. When the plural substance has a glass transition temperature, it is based on the glass transition temperature at which the glass transition temperature is low. It is preferably 70 ° C or more, (glass transition temperature - 5) ° C or less, more preferably 110 ° C or more, (glass transition temperature - 20) ° C or less. The drying time is preferably from 0.5 to 24 hours, preferably from 1 to 18 hours, more preferably from 1.5 to 12 hours. When the drying temperature is too low, the removal rate of the volatile component is lowered, and the drying time is too long. Further, the drying step may be carried out in two or more stages. For example, the drying step may include a preliminary drying step for storing the material, and a pre-drying step before the film formation to one week before the film formation.

《熔融流延法》Melt Casting Method

本發明的較佳型態之具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜以如前述的熔融流延製造為佳。未使用溶液流延法中所使用的溶劑(例如二氯甲烷等),藉由加熱熔融之熔融流延的成形法,更詳細為可分類為熔融擠壓成形法、加壓成形法、膨脹法、射出成形法、吹塑成形法、延伸成形法等。彼等中,因可得到機械強度及表面精度等優良的偏光板保護薄膜,故以熔融擠壓法為優。A preferred embodiment of the optical film of the cellulose ester of the present invention is preferably produced by melt casting as described above. The solvent used in the solution casting method (for example, methylene chloride or the like) is not used, and the molding method by melt-melting by heating and melting is more specifically classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a pressure molding method, and an expansion method. Injection molding method, blow molding method, extension molding method, and the like. Among them, a melt-pressing method is preferred because a polarizing plate protective film excellent in mechanical strength and surface precision can be obtained.

以下將熔融擠壓法作為例子,對於本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法做說明。Hereinafter, a method of producing an optical film of the present invention will be described by taking a melt extrusion method as an example.

圖1表示構成實施有關本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法之裝置全體的概略流程圖,圖2表示自流延塑模至冷卻輥部分的擴大圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic flow chart showing the entire apparatus constituting the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention, and Fig. 2 is an enlarged view showing a portion from a casting die to a cooling roll.

對於圖1與圖2,本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法為,將纖維素酯等薄膜材料混合後,使用壓出機1,自流延塑模4至第1冷卻輥5上進行熔融擠壓,外接於第1冷卻輥5之同時,再以第2冷卻輥7、第3冷卻輥8之合計3根的冷卻輥的順序外接,經冷卻固化後得到薄膜10。其次,將藉由剝離輥9進行剝離的薄膜10,再藉由延伸裝置12將薄膜兩端部夾持後往寬方向延伸,並以捲取裝置16進行捲取。又,欲矯正平面性,設置將熔融薄膜於第1冷卻輥5表面挾壓的接觸輥6。該接觸輥6為表面具有彈性,與第1冷卻輥5之間形成壓區。對於接觸輥6之詳細內容如後述。1 and 2, the optical film of the present invention is produced by mixing a film material such as cellulose ester, and then extruding the film from the casting die 4 to the first cooling roll 5 using the extruder 1. When the first cooling roller 5 is circumsed, the third cooling roller 7 and the third cooling roller 8 are connected to each other in the order of three cooling rolls, and the film 10 is obtained by cooling and solidifying. Next, the film 10 which has been peeled off by the peeling roller 9 is sandwiched between the both end portions of the film by the stretching device 12, and then stretched in the width direction, and taken up by the winding device 16. Further, in order to correct the planarity, a contact roller 6 that presses the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roll 5 is provided. The contact roller 6 has elasticity on the surface and forms a nip between the first cooling roller 5. The details of the contact roller 6 will be described later.

對於本發明之光學薄膜的製造方法,熔融擠壓之條件為與其他聚酯等熱可塑性樹脂所使用的條件相同下進行。材料為預先乾燥者為佳。真空或減壓乾燥機或除濕熱風乾燥機等將水分乾燥至1000ppm以下,較佳為200ppm以下。In the method for producing an optical film of the present invention, the conditions of the melt extrusion are carried out under the same conditions as those used for thermoplastic resins such as other polyesters. The material is preferably pre-dried. The water is dried to 1000 ppm or less, preferably 200 ppm or less, in a vacuum or a vacuum dryer or a dehumidifying hot air dryer.

例如將以熱風或真空或減壓下進行乾燥之纖維素酯系樹脂使用壓出機1,熔融至擠壓溫度200~300℃程度,再以葉片型過濾器2等進行過濾除去異物。For example, the cellulose ester-based resin which has been dried by hot air or vacuum or under reduced pressure is melted to an extrusion temperature of about 200 to 300 ° C, and then filtered by a vane type filter 2 or the like to remove foreign matter.

由供給料斗(圖示略)導入至壓出機1時,於真空下或減壓下或惰性氣體環境下,防止氧化分解等為佳。When the feed hopper (not shown) is introduced into the extruder 1, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition or the like under vacuum or under reduced pressure or in an inert gas atmosphere.

可塑劑等添加劑未預先混合時,將這些於壓出機之途中進行混煉亦可。欲使其能均勻地添加,可使用靜態混合機3等混合裝置為佳。When the additives such as a plasticizer are not previously mixed, these may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to allow it to be uniformly added, a mixing device such as a static mixer 3 may be preferably used.

本發明中,纖維素酯系樹脂與其他必須添加的安定化劑等添加劑為,熔融前混合為佳,將纖維素酯系樹脂與添加劑於加熱前混合為更佳。混合為使用混合機等進行,又如前述的纖維素酯調製過程中進行混合亦可。使用混合機時,可使用V型混合機、圓錐螺旋型混合機、水平圓筒型混合機等、亨舍爾攪拌機、螺帶式混合機等一般混合機。In the present invention, the cellulose ester-based resin and other additives such as a stabilizer which must be added are preferably mixed before melting, and it is more preferable to mix the cellulose ester-based resin and the additive before heating. The mixing is carried out using a mixer or the like, and mixing may be carried out in the cellulose ester preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical spiral type mixer, a horizontal cylinder type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used.

如上述混合構成薄膜之材料後,可將該混合物使用壓出機1直接熔融後製膜,但亦可一旦將構成薄膜之材料顆粒化後,將該顆粒以壓出機1進行熔融而製膜。又,構成薄膜之材料含有融點相異的複數材料時,僅融點較低的材料於熔融溫度下一旦製作成所謂米通狀半熔融物,亦可將半熔融物投入於壓出機1後製膜。構成薄膜之材料中含有容易熱分解的材料時,以減少熔融次數之目的下,未製作成顆粒直接製膜的方法、或製作成如上述米通狀半熔融物後製膜之方法為佳。After mixing the materials constituting the film as described above, the mixture may be directly melted by using the extruder 1 to form a film. However, once the material constituting the film is granulated, the particles are melted by the extruder 1 to form a film. . Further, when the material constituting the film contains a plurality of materials having different melting points, only the material having a lower melting point can be made into a so-called rice-like semi-melt at the melting temperature, and the semi-melt can be introduced into the extruder 1 After film formation. When the material constituting the film contains a material which is easily thermally decomposed, a method of directly forming a film without forming the film or a method of forming a film like the above-described rice-through semi-molten is preferable for the purpose of reducing the number of times of melting.

壓出機1為,可使用可由市面上入手的種種壓出機,但以熔融混煉壓出機為佳,單軸壓出機亦以2軸壓出機為佳。未自構成薄膜之材料製作顆粒下,直接進行製膜時,因必須要適當混煉度,故使用2軸壓出機為佳,即使使用單軸壓出機,可將螺旋形狀變更為Maddock型、Unimelt型、Dulmage等混煉型之螺旋下得到適度混煉,故可使用。作為構成薄膜之材料,一旦使用顆粒或米通狀半熔融物時,可使用單軸壓出機或2軸壓出機。The extruder 1 is a type of extruder which can be used commercially, but a melt-kneading extruder is preferred, and a single-axis extruder is preferably a 2-axis extruder. When the film is formed directly from the material constituting the film, it is necessary to use a two-axis extruder because the kneading degree is necessary. Therefore, even if a single-axis extruder is used, the spiral shape can be changed to Maddock type. It can be used because it is moderately kneaded under the spiral of a mixed type such as Unimelt type or Dulmage. As the material constituting the film, when a pellet or a rice-like semi-melt is used, a uniaxial extruder or a 2-axis extruder can be used.

壓出機1内及擠壓後之冷卻步驟可由氮氣等惰性氣體取代、或藉由減壓使氧濃度降低為佳。The cooling step in the extruder 1 and after the extrusion may be replaced by an inert gas such as nitrogen or the oxygen concentration may be preferably lowered by pressure reduction.

壓出機1内之構成薄膜之材料的熔融溫度依據構成薄膜之材料的黏度或吐出量、製造之薄片厚度等而使較佳條件不同,一般對於薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度Tg而言為Tg以上,Tg+100℃以下,較佳為Tg+10℃以上,Tg+90℃以下。擠壓時的熔融黏度為1~10000Pa‧s,較佳為10~1000Pa‧s。又,壓出機1内之構成薄膜的材料之滯留時間較短者為佳,一般為5分鐘以内,較佳為3分鐘以内,更佳為2分鐘以内。滯留時間受到壓出機1之種類、擠壓條件之左右,可藉由調整材料之供給量或L/D、螺旋轉動數、螺旋之溝深度等縮短。The melting temperature of the material constituting the film in the extruder 1 is preferably different depending on the viscosity or discharge amount of the material constituting the film, the thickness of the sheet to be produced, and the like, and is generally Tg or more for the glass transition temperature Tg of the film. Tg + 100 ° C or less, preferably Tg + 10 ° C or more, Tg + 90 ° C or less. The melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is from 1 to 10,000 Pa s, preferably from 10 to 1,000 Pa s. Further, it is preferable that the material constituting the film in the extruder 1 has a shorter residence time, and is usually within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, more preferably within 2 minutes. The residence time is limited by the type of the extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, and can be shortened by adjusting the supply amount of the material, the L/D, the number of spiral rotations, the depth of the spiral groove, and the like.

壓出機1之螺旋形狀或轉動數等藉由構成薄膜之材料的黏度或吐出量等而做適宜選擇。本發明中,壓出機1的切斷速度為1/秒~10000/秒,較佳為5/秒~1000/秒,更佳為10/秒~100/秒。The spiral shape or the number of rotations of the extruder 1 and the like are appropriately selected by the viscosity or the discharge amount of the material constituting the film. In the present invention, the cutting speed of the extruder 1 is from 1/sec to 10000/sec, preferably from 5/sec to 1000/sec, more preferably from 10/sec to 100/sec.

作為本發明所使用的壓出機1,可使用一般塑質成形機。As the extruder 1 used in the present invention, a general plastic molding machine can be used.

由壓出機1所擠壓出的構成薄膜之材料,被送至流延塑模4,由流延塑模4之隙縫擠壓出薄膜狀。流延塑模4僅使用於製造薄片或薄膜者即可,並無特別限定。作為流延塑模4之材質,可舉出將硬鉻、碳化鉻、氮化鉻、碳化鈦、碳氮化鈦、氮化鈦、超鋼、陶瓷(碳化鎢、氧化鋁、氧化鉻)等進行溶射或鍍敷,作為表面加工,可舉出施予使用拋光#1000支以下的磨石進行研磨,使用#1000支以上的鑽石磨石之平面切割(切割方向與樹脂的流向呈垂直方向)、電解研磨、電解複合研磨等加工等。流延塑模4的模唇(lip)部之較佳材質與流延塑模4相同。又,模唇部表面精度以0.5S以下為佳,0.2S以下為較佳。The material constituting the film extruded by the extruder 1 is sent to the casting mold 4, and the film is extruded from the slit of the casting mold 4. The casting mold 4 is used only for producing a sheet or a film, and is not particularly limited. Examples of the material of the casting mold 4 include hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, ultra-steel, ceramics (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide). For the surface treatment, the surface is processed by grinding with a grinding stone of #1000 or less, and using a diamond grinding stone of #1000 or more (the cutting direction is perpendicular to the flow direction of the resin). , electrolytic polishing, electrolytic composite grinding and other processing. The preferred material of the lip portion of the casting mold 4 is the same as that of the casting mold 4. Further, the surface precision of the lip portion is preferably 0.5 S or less, and preferably 0.2 S or less.

該流延塑模4之隙縫被構成為可調整該間隔。如圖3所示。形成流延塑模4之隙縫32的一對模唇(lip)中,一方為剛性較低容易變形之可撓性模唇33,另一方為固定模唇34。而多數加熱螺栓35於流延塑模4之寬方向,即隙縫32之長方向以一定間距被排列。各加熱螺栓35中,設有具有理入電加熱器37與冷卻媒體通路之嵌段36,各加熱螺栓35為縱向貫通各嵌段36。加熱螺栓35的基部為固定於塑模本體31,先端為銜接於可撓性模唇33之外面。而將嵌段36進行一般空調冷卻下,增減埋入電加熱器37之入力並調整嵌段36之溫度,藉此熱伸縮加熱螺栓35,使可撓性模唇33變位而調整薄膜厚度。於塑模後流之所要處設置厚度計,藉此經檢測的織物厚度情報回饋至控制裝置中,將該厚度情報以控制裝置與設定厚度情報作比較,可藉由來自同裝置之修正控制量的信號來控制加熱螺栓之發熱體的電力或操作率。加熱螺栓較佳為長度20~40cm、直徑7~14mm,例如數十根之複數加熱螺栓排列成較佳間距20~40mm。取代加熱螺栓,亦可設置於軸方向以手動使其前後移動來調節隙縫間隔之螺栓作為主體的間隔調節構件。藉由間隔調節構件經調節之隙縫間隔一般為200~1000μm,較佳為300~800μm,更佳為400~600μm。The slit of the casting mold 4 is configured to adjust the interval. As shown in Figure 3. One of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting mold 4 is a flexible lip 33 which is less rigid and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. Most of the heating bolts 35 are arranged at a certain interval in the width direction of the casting mold 4, that is, in the longitudinal direction of the slit 32. Each of the heating bolts 35 is provided with a block 36 having a charge electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each of the heating bolts 35 penetrates each block 36 in the longitudinal direction. The base of the heating bolt 35 is fixed to the mold body 31, and the tip end is connected to the outer surface of the flexible lip 33. On the other hand, the block 36 is cooled by a general air conditioner, and the input force of the electric heater 37 is increased or decreased, and the temperature of the block 36 is adjusted, whereby the heating bolt 35 is thermally expanded and contracted, and the flexible lip 33 is displaced to adjust the film thickness. A thickness gauge is provided at a desired position after the molding, whereby the detected fabric thickness information is fed back to the control device, and the thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device, and the correction control amount from the same device can be used. The signal is used to control the power or operating rate of the heating element of the heating bolt. The heating bolts preferably have a length of 20 to 40 cm and a diameter of 7 to 14 mm. For example, a plurality of plural heating bolts are arranged at a preferred pitch of 20 to 40 mm. Instead of the heating bolt, it may be disposed in the axial direction to manually move it back and forth to adjust the slit spacing as a main body spacing adjusting member. The gap interval adjusted by the interval adjusting member is generally 200 to 1000 μm, preferably 300 to 800 μm, more preferably 400 to 600 μm.

第1~第3冷卻輥為壁厚20~30mm程度之無縫鋼管製,且表面經鏡面處理者。其内部配置有流入冷卻液之配管,構成為配管藉由流入之冷卻液可吸收來自輥上的薄膜之熱。The first to third cooling rolls are made of seamless steel pipe having a wall thickness of about 20 to 30 mm, and the surface is mirror-finished. A pipe into which the coolant flows is disposed inside, and the pipe is configured to absorb heat from the film on the roll by the inflowing coolant.

一方面,銜接於第1冷卻輥5之接觸輥6,其表面具有彈性,藉由對於第1冷卻輥5之壓力,沿著第1冷卻輥5之表面而變形,與第1輥5之間形成壓區。接觸輥6亦稱為挾壓轉動體。作為接觸輥6,可使用登錄專利3194904號、登錄專利3422798號、特開2002-36332、特開2002-36333等所揭示的接觸輥。這些可使用購得者。以下對於這些做更詳細說明。On the other hand, the contact roller 6 coupled to the first cooling roller 5 has elasticity on its surface, and is deformed along the surface of the first cooling roller 5 by the pressure of the first cooling roller 5, and is interposed between the first roller 5 and the first roller 5. A nip is formed. The contact roller 6 is also referred to as a rolling rotor. As the contact roller 6, a contact roller disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 3,194, 904, No. 2,342, 798, No. 2002-36332, No. 2002-36333, and the like can be used. These can be used by purchasers. These are explained in more detail below.

圖4表示挾壓轉動體之一例截面圖。(接觸輥6之第1例(以下為接觸輥A)之概略断面)。如圖所示接觸輥A為可撓性金屬套管41内部配置彈性滾筒42者。Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a rolling rotor. (Schematic section of the first example of the touch roll 6 (hereinafter referred to as the contact roll A)). The contact roller A is a member in which the elastic roller 42 is disposed inside the flexible metal sleeve 41 as shown.

金屬套管41為厚度0.3mm之不鏽鋼製者,其具有可撓性。金屬套管41若過薄時強度會不足,相反地若過厚時則彈性會不足。藉此作為金屬套管41之厚度以0.1~1.5mm為佳。彈性滾筒42為,介著軸承轉動自在的金屬製内筒43表面上設有彈性體44成為輥狀者。而接觸輥A於第1冷卻輥5上被加壓時,彈性滾筒42為金屬套管41於第1冷卻輥5被加壓、金屬套管41及彈性滾筒42為對應第1冷卻輥5之相似形狀下變形,與第1冷卻輥之間形成壓區。在金屬套管41之内部於彈性滾筒42之間所形成之空間中流入冷卻水45。The metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. When the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength is insufficient, and if it is too thick, the elasticity is insufficient. Therefore, the thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is preferably 0.1 to 1.5 mm. The elastic roller 42 is provided with an elastic body 44 on the surface of the metal inner cylinder 43 that is rotatably driven by the bearing. When the contact roller A is pressurized on the first cooling roller 5, the elastic roller 42 is pressurized by the metal sleeve 41 on the first cooling roller 5, and the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42 are corresponding to the first cooling roller 5. Deformed in a similar shape to form a nip between the first cooling roll. Cooling water 45 flows into the space formed between the elastic rollers 42 inside the metal sleeve 41.

圖5表示於挾壓轉動體之第2例(以下為接觸輥B)所示轉動軸上呈垂直平面之截面圖。Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a vertical plane on the rotating shaft shown in the second example of the rolling rotor (hereinafter referred to as the contact roller B).

圖6表示含有挾壓轉動體之第2例(接觸輥B)的轉動軸之平面一例截面圖。Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a plane of a rotation axis of a second example (contact roller B) including a rolling rotor.

圖5、圖6中,接觸輥B係具有可撓性,由無縫不鏽鋼鋼管製(厚度4mm)的外筒51、與該外筒51内側配置成同一軸心狀的高剛性金屬内筒52所概略構成。外筒51與内筒52之間的空間53中流入冷卻液54。詳細而言,接觸輥B為,於兩端轉動軸55a、55b裝上外筒支持凸緣(flange)56a、56b,於此兩外筒支持凸緣(flange)56a、56b之外周部間裝上薄壁金屬外筒51。又,形成於一方轉動軸55a之軸心部所形成之流體回流通道57的流體排出孔58内,流體供給管59設置成同一軸心狀,該流體供給管59被連接固定於薄壁金屬外筒51内之軸心部所配置之流體軸筒60上。於該流體軸筒60之兩端部可分別裝上内筒支持凸緣61a、61b,自這些内筒支持凸緣61a、61b之外周部間至他端側外筒支持凸緣56b裝上具有約15~20mm程度壁厚的金屬内筒52。而於該金屬内筒52與薄壁金屬外筒51之間,例如形成10mm程度的冷卻液之流送空間53,又於金屬内筒52,兩端部附近各形成連通流送空間53與内筒支持凸緣61a、61b外側之中間通路62a、62b之流出口52a、及流入口52b。In Fig. 5 and Fig. 6, the contact roller B is flexible, and the outer cylinder 51 made of a seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness: 4 mm) and the high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52 which is disposed in the same axial direction as the inner side of the outer cylinder 51 are provided. The schematic structure. The coolant 54 flows into the space 53 between the outer cylinder 51 and the inner cylinder 52. Specifically, the contact roller B is provided with outer cylinder support flanges 56a, 56b at the both end rotation shafts 55a, 55b, and the outer peripheral portions of the outer cylinder support flanges 56a, 56b are installed. Upper thin-walled metal outer cylinder 51. Further, the fluid supply pipe 59 is formed in the same axial center in the fluid discharge hole 58 of the fluid return passage 57 formed in the axial center portion of the one rotation shaft 55a, and the fluid supply pipe 59 is connected and fixed to the thin metal. The fluid shaft cylinder 60 disposed on the axial center portion of the cylinder 51 is disposed. Inner cylinder support flanges 61a, 61b may be respectively attached to both end portions of the fluid barrel 60, and the outer cylinder support flanges 56b are attached from the outer portions of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a, 61b to the other end side outer cylinder support flanges 56b. A metal inner cylinder 52 having a wall thickness of about 15 to 20 mm. Between the metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin metal outer cylinder 51, for example, a cooling liquid flow space 53 of about 10 mm is formed, and in the metal inner cylinder 52, a communication flow space 53 and a space are formed in the vicinity of both end portions. The cylinder supports the outflow ports 52a of the intermediate passages 62a and 62b on the outer sides of the flanges 61a and 61b, and the inflow port 52b.

又,外筒51為,因具有與橡膠彈性相近的柔軟性與可撓性、復原性,於彈性力學的薄壁圓筒理論可適用之範圍内達到薄壁化。該薄壁圓筒理論所評估的可撓性以壁厚t/輥半徑r之比表示,t/r的比越小,可撓性越高。該接觸輥B中,t/r≦0.03時,可撓性為最適條件。通常一般所使用之接觸輥為輥徑R=200~500mm(輥半徑r=R/2)、輥有效寬L=500~1600mm下r/L<1之橫長形狀。而如圖6所示,例如輥徑R=300mm,輥有效寬L=1200mm時,壁厚t之最適範圍為150×0.03=4.5mm以下,但對於熔融薄片寬度為1300mm而言,平均線壓以98N/cm夾壓時,與同一形狀之橡膠輥做比較,因使外筒51的壁厚為3mm時反彈定數亦相等,外筒51與冷卻輥之壓區的輥轉動方向之壓區寬度k亦為約9mm,該橡膠輥之壓區寬度顯示接近約12mm之值,得知相同條件下可夾壓。且,該壓區寬度k中的撓曲量為0.05~0.1mm程度。Further, the outer cylinder 51 has a flexibility, flexibility, and restorability similar to the elasticity of the rubber, and is thinned in a range in which the thin-walled cylinder theory of elasticity is applicable. The flexibility evaluated by the thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the ratio of the wall thickness t/roller radius r, and the smaller the ratio of t/r, the higher the flexibility. In the contact roll B, when t/r ≦ 0.03, flexibility is an optimum condition. The contact rolls generally used generally have a horizontally long shape of a roll diameter R = 200 to 500 mm (roller radius r = R / 2) and a roll effective width L = 500 to 1600 mm at r/L < As shown in FIG. 6, for example, when the roll diameter R=300 mm and the roll effective width L=1200 mm, the optimum range of the wall thickness t is 150×0.03=4.5 mm or less, but the average line pressure is 1300 mm for the molten sheet width. When clamping at 98 N/cm, compared with the rubber roller of the same shape, the rebound ratio is equal when the wall thickness of the outer cylinder 51 is 3 mm, and the nip of the roller rotation direction of the outer cylinder 51 and the nip of the cooling roller The width k is also about 9 mm, and the nip width of the rubber roller shows a value close to about 12 mm, and it is known that it can be pinched under the same conditions. Further, the amount of deflection in the nip width k is about 0.05 to 0.1 mm.

其中,作為t/r≦0.03,一般輥徑:R=200~500m m時,特別以2mm≦t≦5mm之範圍時,可得到充分的可撓性,且藉由機械加工的薄壁化亦容易實施,成為極實用之範圍。壁厚為2mm以下時,加工時的彈性變形無法進行高精度加工。In particular, when t/r ≦ 0.03, when the roll diameter is generally R: 200 to 500 m m, particularly in the range of 2 mm ≦ t ≦ 5 mm, sufficient flexibility can be obtained, and the thickness of the machine is reduced. It is easy to implement and becomes extremely practical. When the wall thickness is 2 mm or less, the elastic deformation during processing cannot be processed with high precision.

該2mm≦t≦5mm的換算值對於一般輥徑而言,雖成為0.008≦t/r≦0.05,但實用上於t/r≒0.03之條件下,與輥徑成比例且壁厚亦變大為佳。例如輥徑:R=200中,t=2~3mm,輥徑:R=500中,t=4~5mm之範圍下選擇。The converted value of 2 mm ≦t ≦ 5 mm is 0.008 ≦t/r ≦ 0.05 for the normal roll diameter, but is practically proportional to the roll diameter and the wall thickness is also increased under the condition of t/r ≒ 0.03. It is better. For example, the roll diameter is selected from the range of R=200, t=2 to 3 mm, roll diameter: R=500, and t=4 to 5 mm.

該接觸輥A、B為,藉由未圖示之供能(energizing)手段,朝向第1冷卻輥提供能量。該供能手段之供能力作為F,除以於壓區(nip)之薄膜的沿著第1冷卻輥5之轉動軸方向的幅度W之值=F/W(線壓)設定為9.8~147N/cm。本實施之形態中,接觸輥A、B與第1冷卻輥5之間形成壓區,該壓區(nip)於薄膜通過之間使其矯正成平面性即可。因此,與接觸輥由剛體所構成,與第1冷卻輥之間未形成壓區(nip)時相比較,較小線壓下經過長時間夾壓薄膜,故可更能確實地矯正平面性。即,線壓若比9.8N/cm小時,塑膜線無法充分地消除。相反地,線壓若比147N/cm大時,薄膜不容易通過壓區(nip),薄膜厚度反而容易引起不均。The contact rolls A and B are supplied with energy toward the first cooling roll by an energizing means (not shown). The supply capacity of the energy supply means is F, and the value of the width W of the film of the nip along the rotation axis direction of the first cooling roll 5 = F/W (line pressure) is set to 9.8 to 147 N. /cm. In the embodiment of the present embodiment, a nip is formed between the contact rolls A and B and the first cooling roll 5, and the nip may be corrected to planarity between the passages of the film. Therefore, the contact roller is composed of a rigid body, and the nip is not formed between the first cooling roller, and the film is nip under a small linear pressure for a long time, so that the planarity can be more reliably corrected. That is, if the line pressure is less than 9.8 N/cm, the plastic film line cannot be sufficiently eliminated. On the contrary, when the line pressure is larger than 147 N/cm, the film does not easily pass through the nip, and the film thickness is liable to cause unevenness.

又,接觸輥A、B之表面由金屬所構成時,與接觸輥表面為橡膠的情況相比較,更能平滑接觸輥A、B之表面,故可得到平滑性較高的薄膜。且,作為彈性滾筒42之彈性體44的材質,可使用乙烯-伸丙基橡膠、氯丁橡膠、矽橡膠等。Further, when the surfaces of the contact rolls A and B are made of metal, the surfaces of the rolls A and B can be smoothly smoothed compared with the case where the surface of the contact roll is made of rubber, so that a film having high smoothness can be obtained. Further, as the material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42, an ethylene-propylene propylene rubber, a neoprene rubber, a ruthenium rubber or the like can be used.

而欲藉由接觸輥6更能消除塑膜線,接觸輥6夾壓薄膜時的薄膜黏度必須為適當範圍為重要。又,已知纖維素酯為溫度所造成的黏度變化較為大。因此,欲將接觸輥6夾壓光學薄膜時的黏度設定於適當範圍,接觸輥6夾壓纖維素薄膜時的薄膜溫度必須設定於適當範圍為重要。將光學薄膜之玻璃轉移溫度作為Tg時,薄膜夾壓於接觸輥6前的薄膜溫度T以滿足Tg<T<Tg+110℃之條件者為佳。薄膜溫度T若比Tg低時,薄膜黏度會過高,而無法矯正塑膜線。相反地,光學薄膜之溫度T若比Tg+110℃高時,薄膜表面與輥無法均勻地黏著,仍然無法矯正塑膜線。較佳為Tg+10℃<T2<Tg+90℃,更佳為Tg+20℃<T2<Tg+70℃。欲使接觸輥6夾壓光學薄膜時的薄膜溫度設定於適當範圍,自流延塑模4壓出的熔融物為,由與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置P1調整沿著第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)的第1冷卻輥5之轉動方向之長度L即可。However, it is important to eliminate the plastic film line by the contact roller 6, and it is important that the film viscosity when the contact roller 6 pinches the film must be an appropriate range. Further, it is known that the cellulose ester has a large viscosity change due to temperature. Therefore, it is important that the viscosity at the time of pressing the optical film by the touch roll 6 is set to an appropriate range, and it is important that the film temperature at the time of the contact roll 6 pinching the cellulose film is set to an appropriate range. When the glass transition temperature of the optical film is Tg, it is preferable that the film is pressed against the film temperature T before the contact roll 6 so as to satisfy the condition of Tg < T < Tg + 110 °C. If the film temperature T is lower than Tg, the film viscosity will be too high to correct the film line. Conversely, if the temperature T of the optical film is higher than Tg + 110 ° C, the surface of the film and the roller cannot be uniformly adhered, and the film line cannot be corrected. It is preferably Tg + 10 ° C < T2 < Tg + 90 ° C, more preferably Tg + 20 ° C < T2 < Tg + 70 ° C. When the temperature of the film when the contact roll 6 is pressed against the optical film is set to an appropriate range, the melt extruded from the casting die 4 is adjusted along the first cooling roll 5 by the position P1 in contact with the first cooling roll 5. The length L of the first cooling roller 5 of the nip of the contact roller 6 in the rotational direction may be sufficient.

本發明中,第1冷卻輥5、第2冷卻輥7之較佳材質可舉出碳鋼、不鏽鋼鋼、樹脂等。又,表面精度較高為佳,作為表面粗度為0.3S以下,較佳為0.01S以下。In the present invention, preferred materials of the first cooling roll 5 and the second cooling roll 7 include carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, and the like. Further, the surface precision is preferably high, and the surface roughness is 0.3 S or less, preferably 0.01 S or less.

本發明中,藉由將由流延塑模4之模唇(lip)至第1冷卻輥5的部分減壓至70kPa以下,可增大上述塑膜線之矯正効果為佳。較佳減壓為50~70kPa。作為自流延塑模4之模唇(lip)至第1冷卻輥5的部分壓力保持於70kPa以下之方法,雖無特別限定,有著自流延塑模4至輥周邊以耐壓構件覆蓋進而減壓等方法。此時吸引裝置為,為使裝置自體不會成為昇華物之附著場所,施予加熱器進行加熱等處置為佳。本發明中,吸引壓若過小時,昇華物無法有效地被吸引,故必須要有適當的吸引壓。In the present invention, it is preferable to reduce the correction effect of the plastic film line by reducing the pressure from the lip of the casting mold 4 to the portion of the first cooling roll 5 to 70 kPa or less. Preferably, the reduced pressure is 50 to 70 kPa. The method of maintaining the partial pressure of the lip from the lip of the casting die 4 to the first cooling roller 5 at 70 kPa or less is not particularly limited, and the self-casting die 4 is covered with a pressure-resistant member and decompressed around the roller. And other methods. In this case, it is preferable that the suction device is disposed so that the device does not become a place where the sublimate adheres, and the heater is applied to perform heating or the like. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate is not effectively attracted, so that it is necessary to have an appropriate suction pressure.

本發明中,將自流延塑模4之熔融狀態的薄膜狀纖維素酯系樹脂,以第1冷卻輥5、第2冷卻輥7、及第3冷卻輥8之順序下密著地搬送且使其冷卻固化,得到未延伸之纖維素酯系樹脂薄膜10。In the present invention, the film-form cellulose ester-based resin in a molten state from the casting die 4 is conveyed in a dense manner in the order of the first cooling roll 5, the second cooling roll 7, and the third cooling roll 8, and This was cooled and solidified to obtain an unstretched cellulose ester-based resin film 10.

如圖1所示的本發明之實施形態中,自第3冷卻輥8藉由剝離輥9剝離之經冷卻固化的未延伸薄膜10為,經由跳動輥(薄膜張力調整輥)11導入延伸機12,於此將薄膜10進行橫方向(寬方向)延伸。藉由該延伸,配向薄膜中的分子。In the embodiment of the present invention shown in Fig. 1, the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 which is peeled off from the third cooling roll 8 by the peeling roller 9 is introduced into the stretching machine 12 via a dancer roll (film tension adjusting roll) 11. Here, the film 10 is stretched in the lateral direction (wide direction). By this extension, the molecules in the film are aligned.

將薄膜往寬方向延伸之方法,可使用公知拉幅器等方法。特別為將延伸方向作為寬方向,與偏光薄膜之層合可以輥形態下實施故較佳。於寬方向進行延伸時,纖維素酯系樹脂所成之光學薄膜的遲相軸成為寬方向。A method of extending the film in the width direction can be carried out by a method such as a known tenter. In particular, it is preferred that the extending direction is the width direction and the lamination of the polarizing film can be carried out in the form of a roll. When extending in the width direction, the retardation axis of the optical film formed of the cellulose ester resin is broad.

一方面,偏光薄膜的透過軸一般亦為寬方向。偏光薄膜之透過軸與光學薄膜之遲相軸為平行下將層合之偏光板裝入液晶顯示裝置中,可提高液晶顯示裝置之顯示對比,同時亦可得到良好視野角。On the one hand, the transmission axis of the polarizing film is generally also in the width direction. The polarizing plate of the polarizing film is parallel to the slow axis of the optical film, and the laminated polarizing plate is incorporated into the liquid crystal display device, thereby improving the display contrast of the liquid crystal display device and obtaining a good viewing angle.

構成薄膜之材料之玻璃轉移溫度Tg可藉由構成光學薄膜之材料種類、及所構成之材料比率的不同來控制。作為光學薄膜製造相位差薄膜時,Tg為120℃以上,較佳為135℃以上。液晶顯示裝置中,影像之顯像狀態中,裝置本身的溫度上昇,例如來自光源之溫度上昇可使薄膜之溫度環境產生變化。此時比薄膜的使用環境溫度,光學薄膜之Tg為更低時,會使得藉由延伸固定於薄膜内部之分子配向狀態所造成的滯溜值、及作為薄膜之尺寸形狀產生大變化。薄膜之Tg過高時,使構成薄膜之材料進行薄膜化時的溫度會過高而提高加熱之能量消費,又進行薄膜化時的材料本身會分解,且藉此會產生著色,因此Tg以250℃以下為佳。The glass transition temperature Tg of the material constituting the film can be controlled by the difference in the kind of the material constituting the optical film and the ratio of the materials constituting the film. When a retardation film is produced as an optical film, the Tg is 120 ° C or higher, preferably 135 ° C or higher. In the liquid crystal display device, in the developing state of the image, the temperature of the device itself rises, for example, the temperature rise from the light source causes the temperature environment of the film to change. At this time, when the Tg of the optical film is lower than the ambient temperature of the film, the hysteresis value caused by extending the molecular alignment state fixed inside the film and the dimensional shape of the film greatly change. When the Tg of the film is too high, the temperature at which the material constituting the film is thinned is too high, and the energy consumption for heating is increased, and the material itself is decomposed when the film is formed, and coloring is caused thereby, so the Tg is 250. Below °C is preferred.

又,延伸步驟中可進行公知熱固定條件、冷卻、緩和處理,適宜地調整具有依目的之光學薄膜所要求之特性者即可。Further, in the extending step, known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment may be performed, and the characteristics required for the optical film according to the purpose may be appropriately adjusted.

欲賦予相位差薄膜之物性與液晶顯示裝置的視野角擴大時的相位差薄膜之功能,可適宜地選擇上述延伸步驟、熱固定處理而進行。含有如此延伸步驟、熱固定處理時,加熱加壓步驟可於上述延伸步驟、熱固定處理之前進行。The function of the phase difference film when the physical properties of the retardation film and the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device are to be enlarged can be appropriately selected by the above-described stretching step and heat setting treatment. When the stretching step and the heat setting treatment are included, the heating and pressing step may be performed before the stretching step and the heat setting treatment.

將本發明的光學薄膜作為相位差薄膜,進一步地作為複合偏光板保護薄膜之功能的相位差薄膜製造時,進行折射率控制成為必須,該折射率控制又以延伸操作為較佳方法。以下對於該延伸方法作說明。When the optical film of the present invention is used as a retardation film and further as a phase difference film which functions as a composite polarizing plate protective film, it is necessary to perform refractive index control, and this refractive index control is preferably a stretching method. The extension method will be described below.

相位差薄膜之延伸步驟中,於纖維素酯之1方向延伸1.0~2.0倍、及於薄膜面内與此直交之方向提高延伸1.01~2.5倍時,可控制必要的滯留值Ro及Rt。其中,Ro表示面内滯溜值,Rt表示厚度方向滯溜值。In the step of extending the retardation film, the necessary retention values Ro and Rt can be controlled by extending 1.0 to 2.0 times in the direction of the cellulose ester and increasing the elongation in the film plane by 1.01 to 2.5 times. Where Ro is the in-plane hysteresis value and Rt is the thickness direction hysteresis value.

滯溜值Ro、Rt可由下述式求得。The stagnation values Ro and Rt can be obtained by the following formula.

式(i)Ro=(nx-ny)×dFormula (i)Ro=(nx-ny)×d

式(ii)Rt=((nx+ny)/2-nz)×dFormula (ii) Rt=((nx+ny)/2-nz)×d

(式中,nx表示薄膜面内之遲相軸方向的折射率,ny表示薄膜面内之進相軸方向的折射率,nz表示薄膜厚度方向之折射率(折射率於23℃、55%RH之環境下,波長590nm下測定),d表示薄膜厚度(nm))。(wherein nx represents the refractive index in the direction of the retardation axis in the plane of the film, ny represents the refractive index in the direction of the phase axis of the film, and nz represents the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film (refractive index at 23 ° C, 55% RH) In the environment, measured at a wavelength of 590 nm), d represents the film thickness (nm).

光學薄膜的折射率使用阿貝折射率計(4T),薄膜厚度使用購得之測微計,滯溜值使用自動複折射計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(股)製)等進行各測定。The refractive index of the optical film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T), the thickness of the film was measured using a commercially available micrometer, and the hysteresis value was measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.).

延伸可例如對於薄膜之長方向及與此於薄膜面内呈直交方向,即對於寬方向,逐次或同時進行。此時若對於至少1方向之延伸倍率過小時,無法得到充分相位差,過大時延伸會變得困難而產生薄膜破斷。The extension can be carried out, for example, for the long direction of the film and in the direction of the film in the direction of the film, i.e. for the width direction, successively or simultaneously. At this time, if the stretching ratio in at least one direction is too small, a sufficient phase difference cannot be obtained, and when it is too large, stretching becomes difficult and film breakage occurs.

例如,於熔融流延方向(縱方向)進行延伸時,寬方向之收縮若過大,nz之值會過大。此時,抑制薄膜之寬度收縮、或於寬方向亦進行延伸來改善。於寬方向進行延伸時,於寬方向會產生折射率不均分佈。此分佈有時於使用拉幅器法時出現,其被推測為將薄膜於寬方向進行延伸時,於薄膜中央部會產生收縮力,因端部被固定所產生的現象,即產生所謂的bowing現象。此時亦於流延方向進行延伸時,可抑制bowing現象,可減少寬方向之相位差分佈不均。For example, when extending in the direction of the melt casting (longitudinal direction), if the shrinkage in the width direction is too large, the value of nz may be too large. At this time, it is suppressed that the width of the film is shrunk or extended in the width direction. When extending in the width direction, uneven refractive index distribution occurs in the width direction. This distribution sometimes occurs when the tenter method is used, and it is presumed that when the film is stretched in the width direction, a contraction force is generated in the central portion of the film, and the end portion is fixed, which causes a so-called bowing. phenomenon. At this time, when the stretching is also performed in the casting direction, the bowing phenomenon can be suppressed, and the uneven distribution of the phase difference in the width direction can be reduced.

藉由於互相平行的2軸方向進行延伸,可減少所得之光學薄膜的膜厚變動。相位差薄膜之膜厚變動過大時,會使相位差不均,使用於液晶顯示器時,會成為著色等不均之問題。By extending in the two-axis directions parallel to each other, the film thickness variation of the obtained optical film can be reduced. When the film thickness of the retardation film is excessively changed, the phase difference is uneven, and when used in a liquid crystal display, it may cause unevenness in coloring or the like.

光學薄膜的膜厚變動為±3%,更佳為±1%之範圍。於如上述目的中,於互相直交之2軸方向進行延伸的方法為有効,互相直交之2軸方向的延伸倍率於最終各於流延方向為1.0~2.0倍,於寬方向為1.01~2.5倍之範圍為佳,更佳為得到必須於流延方向為1.01~1.5倍,於寬方向為1.05~2.0倍之範圍內進行的滯留值。The film thickness variation of the optical film is ±3%, more preferably ±1%. In the above object, the method of extending in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is effective, and the stretching ratio in the two-axis direction orthogonal to each other is 1.0 to 2.0 times in the final casting direction and 1.01 to 2.5 times in the width direction. The range is preferably, and it is more preferable to obtain a retention value which is required to be in the range of 1.01 to 1.5 times in the casting direction and 1.05 to 2.0 times in the width direction.

於縱方向存在偏光子之吸收軸時,可使於寬方提高偏光子之透過軸為一致。欲將長尺狀偏光板以輥至輥的方式貼合而得到,相位差薄膜於寬方向進行延伸至得到遲相軸為佳。When the absorption axis of the polarizer exists in the longitudinal direction, the transmission axis of the polarizer can be made uniform in the width. It is preferable to laminate the long-length polarizing plate in a roll-to-roll manner, and it is preferable that the retardation film is stretched in the width direction to obtain a slow phase axis.

對於應力,使用得到正複折射的纖維素酯時,由上述構成於寬方向進行延伸時,相位差薄膜的遲相軸可於寬方向賦予應力。此時,欲提高顯示品質,相位差薄膜之遲相軸以寬方向為佳,欲得到目的之滯留值必須滿足、When a cellulose ester obtained by positive birefringence is used for stress, when the above-described structure is extended in the width direction, the retardation axis of the retardation film can impart stress in the width direction. At this time, in order to improve the display quality, the retardation axis of the retardation film is preferably in the width direction, and the retention value of the desired target must be satisfied.

式:(寬方向的延伸倍率)>(流延方向的延伸倍率)Formula: (stretching ratio in the width direction) > (stretching ratio in the casting direction)

之條件。The conditions.

延伸後,將薄膜之端部藉由縱剪切機13剪裁作為製品之寬度的隙縫後,藉由滾邊環14及背輥15所成之凸邊加工裝置,於薄膜兩端部施行凸邊加工(knurled,壓紋加工),藉由捲取機16進行捲取,防止光學薄膜(元捲)F中之貼合或擦傷之產生。凸邊加工之方法,可將側面具有凸凹圖形的金屬環藉由加熱或加壓而進行加工。且,薄膜兩端部之壓板把持部分一般為已變形,無法作為薄膜製品使用,故經切除後可作為原料再利用。After the extension, the end portion of the film is cut by the slitting machine 13 as a slit of the width of the product, and then the flange processing is performed by the edge ring 14 and the back roller 15, and the edge processing is performed on both ends of the film. (knurled, embossing), being taken up by the winder 16, preventing the occurrence of sticking or scratching in the optical film (element) F. The method of burring can process a metal ring having a convex and concave pattern on the side by heating or pressurizing. Moreover, the holding portion of the press plate at both ends of the film is generally deformed and cannot be used as a film product, so that it can be reused as a raw material after being cut.

繼續,薄膜之捲取步驟為,將圓筒形捲薄膜的外周面、與此前的移動式搬送輥的外周面之間的最短距離保持一定下將薄膜於捲取筒進行捲取者。且,捲取筒之前,可設有除去或減低薄膜之表面電位的除靜電風機等手段。Continuing, the film winding step is such that the film is wound on the take-up reel by keeping the shortest distance between the outer circumferential surface of the cylindrical roll film and the outer peripheral surface of the previous movable conveyance roller constant. Further, before the take-up reel, means such as a static eliminating fan that removes or reduces the surface potential of the film may be provided.

有關本發明的光學薄膜之製造的捲取機可使用一般使用者,可由定張力法、定轉矩法、傾斜張力法、内部應力一定之程式張力控制法等捲取方法進行捲取。且,偏光板保護薄膜之捲取時的初期捲取張力以90.2~300.8N/m為佳。The coiler for manufacturing the optical film of the present invention can be used by a general user, and can be wound by a winding method such as a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a tilting tension method, or a program tension control method with a constant internal stress. Further, the initial winding tension at the time of winding up the polarizing plate protective film is preferably from 90.2 to 300.8 N/m.

本發明方法中,薄膜之捲取步驟中,於溫度20~30℃、濕度20~60%RH之環境條件下,捲取薄膜為佳。如此規定於薄膜捲取步驟之溫度及濕度,可提高厚度方向滯留值(Rt)之濕度變化耐性。In the method of the present invention, in the winding step of the film, it is preferred to wind up the film under the environmental conditions of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH. By specifying the temperature and humidity of the film winding step, the humidity change resistance in the thickness direction retention value (Rt) can be improved.

捲取步驟中的溫度未達20℃時,會產生皺紋,薄膜捲品質的劣化使得無法實用而不佳。薄膜之捲取步驟中的溫度若超過30℃時,仍然會產生皺紋,因薄膜捲品質的劣化而無法實用而不佳。When the temperature in the winding step is less than 20 ° C, wrinkles are generated, and the deterioration of the film roll quality is not practical and is not preferable. When the temperature in the winding step of the film exceeds 30 ° C, wrinkles are still generated, and the film roll quality is deteriorated, which is not practical.

又,薄膜之捲取步驟中之濕度若未達20%RH時,容易產生靜電,薄膜捲品質之劣化使得無法實用而不佳。薄膜之捲取步驟中的濕度若超過60%RH時,捲品質、貼合故障、搬送性等會劣化而不佳。Further, if the humidity in the winding step of the film is less than 20% RH, static electricity is likely to be generated, and the deterioration of the film roll quality is not practical and is not preferable. When the humidity in the winding step of the film exceeds 60% RH, the roll quality, the bonding failure, the conveyability, and the like may be deteriorated.

將偏光板保護薄膜捲取成輥狀時,作為捲核心,僅為圓筒上之的核心即可,可為任種材質,但較佳為中空塑質核心,作為塑質材料以可耐住加熱處理溫度之耐熱性塑質即可,可舉出酚樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、聚酯樹脂、環氧基樹脂等樹脂。又,藉由玻璃纖維等填充材之經強化熱硬化性樹脂為佳。例如,中空塑質核心:使用FRP製之外徑6英吋(以下,英吋表示2.54cm)。,内徑5英吋之捲核心。When the polarizing plate protective film is wound into a roll shape, the core of the roll may be only the core on the cylinder, and may be any material, but is preferably a hollow plastic core, which is resistant to plastic material. The heat-resistant plastic material having a heat treatment temperature may be a resin such as a phenol resin, a xylene resin, a melamine resin, a polyester resin or an epoxy resin. Further, it is preferred to use a reinforced thermosetting resin such as a glass fiber. For example, a hollow plastic core: an outer diameter of 6 inches using FRP (hereinafter, the inch indicates 2.54 cm). , the core of the inner diameter of 5 inches.

對於這些捲核心之捲數以100捲以上為佳,500捲以上為更佳,捲厚度為5cm以上時為佳,薄膜基材之寬度以80cm以上為佳,1m以上為特佳。The number of the cores of these rolls is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 500 or more, and more preferably 5 cm or more, and the width of the film substrate is preferably 80 cm or more, and more preferably 1 m or more.

本發明的光學薄膜之厚度依據使用目的而不同,但作為完工之光學薄膜而言以10~500μm為佳。特別以下限20μm以上,較佳為35μm以上。又,上限150μm以下為佳,120μm以下為更佳。特別以25~90μm為佳。相位差薄膜兼具偏光板保護薄膜時,若薄膜過厚時,偏光板加工後之偏光板會過厚,對於使用於筆記型電腦或攜帶型電子機器之液晶表示,無法適用於特別薄型輕量之目的。一方面,薄膜若過薄時,作為相位差薄膜之滯溜值的表現較為困難,且薄膜之透濕性變高,使偏光子濕度中的保護能力降低故不佳。The thickness of the optical film of the present invention varies depending on the purpose of use, but it is preferably 10 to 500 μm as the finished optical film. In particular, the lower limit is 20 μm or more, preferably 35 μm or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 150 μm or less, and more preferably 120 μm or less. It is particularly preferably 25 to 90 μm. When the retardation film has a polarizing plate protective film, if the film is too thick, the polarizing plate after the polarizing plate is processed is too thick, and the liquid crystal display used in a notebook computer or a portable electronic device cannot be applied to a particularly thin and lightweight film. The purpose. On the other hand, when the film is too thin, it is difficult to exhibit the hysteresis value of the retardation film, and the moisture permeability of the film becomes high, which makes the protection ability in the polarizer humidity lower, which is not preferable.

相位差薄膜之遲相軸或進相軸存在於薄膜面内,與製膜方向所成的角度為θ1時,θ1為-1~+1°,較佳為-0.5~+0.5°。When the retardation axis or the phase axis of the retardation film exists in the film surface, and the angle formed by the film formation direction is θ1, θ1 is -1 to +1 °, preferably -0.5 to +0.5 °.

該θ1定義為配向角,θ1之測定可使用自動複折射計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器公司製)進行。The θ1 is defined as the alignment angle, and the measurement of θ1 can be performed using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.).

θ1為滿足各上述關係時,可得到顯示影像中之較佳亮度,可抑制或防止光漏,對於彩色液晶顯示裝置可得到忠實的顏色再現。When θ1 satisfies each of the above relationships, a preferred luminance in the display image can be obtained, and light leakage can be suppressed or prevented, and a faithful color reproduction can be obtained for the color liquid crystal display device.

相位差薄膜使用經廣視角化之VA型式時,相位差薄膜的配置為,將相位差薄膜的進相軸作為θ1配置於上述區域中,而提高顯示畫質,作為偏光板及液晶顯示裝置之MVA型式時,例如可使用圖7所示構成。When the retardation film is a VA type having a wide viewing angle, the retardation film is disposed such that the phase axis of the retardation film is placed in the region as θ1, thereby improving display quality and being used as a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device. In the case of the MVA type, for example, the configuration shown in Fig. 7 can be used.

圖7中,21a、21b為保護薄膜,22a、22b為相位差薄膜,25a、25b為偏光子,23a、23b為薄膜之遲相軸方向,24a、24b為偏光子之透過軸方向,26a、26b為偏光板,27為液晶胞,29為液晶顯示裝置。In Fig. 7, 21a and 21b are protective films, 22a and 22b are retardation films, 25a and 25b are polarizers, 23a and 23b are the retardation axes of the film, and 24a and 24b are the transmission axis directions of the polarizers, 26a. 26b is a polarizing plate, 27 is a liquid crystal cell, and 29 is a liquid crystal display device.

光學薄膜的面内方向之滯留Ro分佈調整為5%以下為佳,較佳為2%以下,特佳為1.5%以下。又,薄膜之厚度方向的滯留Rt分佈調整為10%以下為佳,更佳為2%以下,特佳為1.5%以下。The retention Ro distribution in the in-plane direction of the optical film is preferably 5% or less, preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. Further, the distribution of the retained Rt in the thickness direction of the film is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less.

相位差薄膜中,滯留值的分佈變動較小為佳,使用液晶顯示裝置含有相位差薄膜之偏光板時,該滯留分佈變動較小時,可防止色不均等觀點來看為佳。In the retardation film, the variation in the distribution of the retention value is preferably small. When a polarizing plate containing a retardation film in a liquid crystal display device is used, when the variation in the retention distribution is small, it is preferable from the viewpoint of preventing color unevenness.

將相位差薄膜調整為具有可適用提高VA形式或TN形式之液晶胞的表示品質之滯留值,特別為作為VA形式分割成上述多重區域而欲適用於MVA形式時,調整面內滯留Ro成比30nm大95nm以下,且厚度方向滯留Rt調整為比70nm大且400nm以下之值。Adjusting the retardation film to have a retention value suitable for improving the quality of the liquid crystal cell of the VA form or the TN form, and particularly for dividing the VA form into the above multiple regions and applying the MVA form, adjusting the in-plane retention ratio of Ro 30 nm is 95 nm or less, and the thickness direction retention Rt is adjusted to be larger than 70 nm and 400 nm or less.

上述面內滯留Ro為2片偏光板配置於正交尼科爾(crossed Nicol),偏光板之間配置液晶胞。例如構成如圖7所示時,由顯示面之法線方向進行觀察時作為基準,於正交尼科爾狀態時,由顯示面之法線之斜面進行觀察時,由偏光板之正交尼科爾狀態產生偏差,對於此所引起的光漏進行補償。厚度方向之滯留Rt於上述TN形式或VA形式,特別為MVA形式中液晶胞為黑顯示狀態時,可同樣地對於由斜面所見到的液晶胞之複折射為主進行補償。The in-plane retention Ro is such that two polarizing plates are disposed in a crossed Nicol, and liquid crystal cells are disposed between the polarizing plates. For example, when the configuration is as shown in FIG. 7 , when viewed from the normal direction of the display surface, when viewed in the crossed Nicols state, when viewed from the slope of the normal line of the display surface, the polarizing plate is crossed. The Cole state produces a deviation, which compensates for the light leakage caused by this. The retention in the thickness direction Rt is in the above TN form or VA form, and particularly in the case where the liquid crystal cell in the MVA form is in the black display state, the birefringence of the liquid crystal cell seen by the slope can be similarly compensated.

如圖7所示,液晶顯示裝置為,於液晶胞的上下配置2片偏光板之構成時,圖中的22a及22b為可選擇厚度方向滯留Rt之分配,滿足上述範圍,且厚度方向滯留Rt之兩者合計值大於140nm,且為500nm以下為佳。此時22a及22b之面內滯留Ro,厚度方向滯留Rt之兩者相同時,可提高工業性偏光板之生產性為佳。特佳為面内滯留Ro大於35nm,且為65nm以下,且厚度方向滯留Rt為大於90nm,且為180nm以下時,適用於如圖7構成的MVA形式之液晶胞。As shown in Fig. 7, in the liquid crystal display device, when two polarizing plates are arranged on the upper and lower sides of the liquid crystal cell, 22a and 22b in the drawing are arranged in the thickness direction retention Rt, which satisfies the above range, and the thickness direction stays Rt. The sum of the two is greater than 140 nm, and preferably 500 nm or less. In this case, when both of the surfaces 22a and 22b are retained in Ro, and the thickness direction is retained by Rt, the productivity of the industrial polarizing plate can be improved. It is particularly preferable that the in-plane retention Ro is greater than 35 nm and is 65 nm or less, and the thickness direction retention Rt is greater than 90 nm and is 180 nm or less, and is suitable for the MVA liquid crystal cell having the constitution shown in FIG.

液晶顯示裝置中,一方的偏光板上例如作為販賣的偏光板保護薄膜,面內滯留Ro=0~4nm及厚度方向滯留Rt=20~50nm下厚度35~85μm之TAC薄膜,例如使用於圖7的22b之位置時,可配置於另一方的偏光板之偏光薄膜,例如,配置於圖7的22a之相位差薄膜為,可使用面内滯留Ro比30nm大並為95nm以下,且厚度方向滯留Rt比140nm大並為400nm以下者。因可提高顯示品質,且由薄膜生產面來看亦佳。In the liquid crystal display device, for example, a polarizing plate protective film which is sold, for example, a TAC film having a thickness of 35 to 85 μm and a thickness of 35 to 85 μm in the thickness direction of Rt=20 to 50 nm is retained in the surface, for example, as shown in FIG. In the position of 22b, the polarizing film can be disposed on the other polarizing plate. For example, the retardation film disposed in 22a of FIG. 7 can be used in which the in-plane retention Ro is larger than 30 nm and is 95 nm or less, and the thickness direction is retained. Rt is larger than 140 nm and is 400 nm or less. This improves the display quality and is also good from the production side of the film.

依據本發明由熔融流延法所製造之長尺狀偏光板保護薄膜為,以纖維素酯作為主體所構成,故活用纖維素酯固有之鹼化而可活用鹼處理步驟。此為構成偏光子之樹脂為聚乙烯基醇時,與過去偏光板保護薄膜同樣地使用完全鹼化聚乙烯基醇水溶液可與偏光板保護薄膜貼合。因此,本發明因適用於過去偏光板加工方法故優良,特別為可得到長尺狀之輥偏光板故優良。According to the present invention, the long-length polarizing plate protective film produced by the melt casting method is composed of cellulose ester as a main component, so that alkalization inherent to the cellulose ester can be utilized to carry out the alkali treatment step. When the resin constituting the polarizer is a polyvinyl alcohol, it can be bonded to the polarizing plate protective film using a completely alkalized polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution in the same manner as the polarizing plate protective film in the past. Therefore, the present invention is excellent in application to the polarizing plate processing method in the past, and is particularly excellent in that a long-sized roller polarizing plate can be obtained.

藉由本發明所得之製造效果,特別於100m以上之長尺捲物時較為顯著,以1500m、2500m、5000m之較長尺化時,可得到偏光板製造之製造效果。The manufacturing effect obtained by the present invention is particularly remarkable in the case of a long-length roll of 100 m or more, and the manufacturing effect of the polarizing plate production can be obtained when the length is 1500 m, 2500 m, or 5000 m.

例如,偏光板保護薄膜製造中,輥長度為考慮生產性與運搬性時以10~5000m,較佳為50~4500m,此時的薄膜寬可選自偏光子之寬或適用於製造流程之寬。0.5~4.0m,較佳為0.6~3.0m之寬下製造薄膜,捲取成滾筒狀後可提供於偏光板加工,又製造目的之倍數寬度以上薄膜並捲取於輥後,經剪裁後得到目的寬之輥,將如此輥可使用於偏光板加工上。For example, in the manufacture of a polarizing plate protective film, the roll length is 10 to 5000 m, preferably 50 to 4,500 m in consideration of productivity and transportability, and the film width at this time may be selected from the width of the polarizer or the width of the manufacturing process. . The film is produced at a width of 0.5 to 4.0 m, preferably 0.6 to 3.0 m, and can be supplied to a polarizing plate after being wound into a roll shape, and a film of a multiple width or more for the purpose of being wound and wound up on a roll, which is obtained after being cut. The purpose is to use a wide roll, which can be used for polarizing plate processing.

偏光板保護薄膜於製造時,延伸前及/或後可塗佈防靜電層、硬化膜層、易滑性層、接著層、防眩層、阻礙層等功能性層。此時,電暈放電處理、電漿處理、藥液處理等各種表面處理可於必要時實施。When the polarizing plate protective film is manufactured, a functional layer such as an antistatic layer, a cured film layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and a barrier layer may be applied before and/or after stretching. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, and chemical liquid treatment can be carried out as necessary.

製膜步驟中,經切斷的薄膜兩端之壓板把持部分,如前述經粉碎處理後,或視必要進行造粒處理後,可再利用作為相同品種之薄膜用原料或相異品種之薄膜用原料。In the film forming step, the holding portion of the press plate at both ends of the cut film may be reused as a film material of the same variety or a film of a different type after being pulverized as described above or granulated as necessary. raw material.

又,含有前述可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、消光劑等添加物濃度相異的纖維素酯之組成物經共壓出後,亦可至做出層合結構之光學薄膜。例如,可製作出如表皮層/核心層/表皮層之構成的光學薄膜。例如,消光劑可多量放入表皮層、或僅放入表皮層。放入可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑的量與表皮層相比,於核心層內可放入較多量,亦可僅放入核心層。又,核心層與表皮層可變更可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑之種類,例如,於表皮層含有低揮發性可塑劑及/或紫外線吸收劑,於核心層可添加可塑性優良的可塑劑、或紫外線吸收性優良的紫外線吸收劑。表皮層與核心層之玻璃轉移溫度相異亦可,核心層的玻璃轉移溫度比表皮層的玻璃轉移溫度低為佳。此時測定表皮與核心兩者之玻璃轉移溫度,藉彼等體積分率所算出之平均值定義為上述玻璃轉移溫度Tg可進行同樣處理方式。又,含有熔融流延時之纖維素酯的熔融物之黏度於表皮層與核心層亦可為相異者,表皮層之黏度>核心層之黏度、或核心層之黏度≧表皮層之黏度亦可。Further, the composition containing the cellulose ester having a different concentration of additives such as the plasticizer, the ultraviolet absorber, and the matting agent may be subjected to co-extrusion, or may be an optical film having a laminated structure. For example, an optical film such as a skin layer/core layer/skin layer can be produced. For example, the matting agent can be placed in a large amount in the skin layer or only in the skin layer. The amount of the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber to be placed may be placed in a larger amount in the core layer than in the skin layer, or may be placed only in the core layer. Further, the core layer and the skin layer may be changed by a type of a plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber. For example, a low-volatility plasticizer and/or a UV absorber may be contained in the skin layer, and a plasticizer excellent in plasticity or ultraviolet absorption may be added to the core layer. Excellent UV absorber. The glass transition temperature of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core were measured, and the average value calculated by the volume fractions was defined as the above-mentioned glass transition temperature Tg. Moreover, the viscosity of the melt containing the melt-flowing cellulose ester may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, the viscosity of the skin layer > the viscosity of the core layer, or the viscosity of the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer may also be .

本發明的光學薄膜的尺寸安定性為,23℃55%RH下24小時放置後的薄膜尺寸作為基準時,80℃90%RH之尺寸變動值未達±2.0%,較佳為未達1.0%,更佳為未達0.5%。The dimensional stability of the optical film of the present invention is such that when the film size after leaving at 23 ° C for 5 hours at 23 ° C, the dimensional change value of 80 ° C 90% RH is less than ± 2.0%, preferably less than 1.0%. More preferably, it is less than 0.5%.

使用本發明的光學薄膜作為相位差薄膜之偏光板的保護薄膜時,若相位差薄膜本身具有上述範圍內的變動時,作為偏光板之滯留性的絕對值與定向角不會與當初設定有出入,不會引起顯示品質提高能之減少或顯示品質的劣化故較佳。When the optical film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate of a retardation film, if the retardation film itself has a variation within the above range, the absolute value and the orientation angle of the retention property of the polarizing plate are not different from the original setting. It is preferable that the display quality improvement performance is not reduced or the display quality is deteriorated.

《偏光板》Polarizer

本發明之光學薄膜作為偏光板保護薄膜使用時,偏光板的製作方法並無特別為限定,可以一般方法製作出。本發明的光學薄膜之裏側經鹼化處理,將經處理的光學薄膜浸漬於碘溶液中延伸所製作之偏光膜的至少一面上,使用完全鹼化型聚乙烯基醇水溶液進行貼合為佳。另一面可使用本發明的光學薄膜,或亦可使用偏光板保護薄膜。對於本發明的光學薄膜,使用於另一面之偏光板保護薄膜可使用販賣光學薄膜。例如作為販賣的光學薄膜,可舉出KC8UX2M、KC4UX、KC5UX、KC4UY、KC8UY、KC12UR、KC8UCR-3、KC8UCR-4、KC4FR-1、KC8UY-HA、KC8UX-RHA(以上為Konicaminolta(股)製)等。或使用兼具盤狀液晶、棒狀液晶、膽石醇型液晶等液晶化合物經定向後形成之光學異方層之光學補償薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜為佳。例如,由特開2003-98348所記載的方法可形成光學異方性層。藉由使用與本發明之光學薄膜組合,可得到具有平面性優良、安定視野角擴大效果之偏光板。或具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜以外之環狀烯烴樹脂、丙烯樹脂、聚酯、聚碳酸酯等薄膜可作為另一面的偏光板保護薄膜使用。When the optical film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate protective film, the method for producing the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, and it can be produced by a general method. The inner side of the optical film of the present invention is alkalized, and the treated optical film is immersed in at least one surface of the polarizing film formed by stretching in an iodine solution, and it is preferred to use a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution for lamination. The optical film of the present invention may be used on the other side, or a polarizing plate may be used to protect the film. For the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film used on the other side can be used as a commercially available optical film. For example, as the optical film to be sold, KC8UX2M, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC4UY, KC8UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC4FR-1, KC8UY-HA, and KC8UX-RHA (above, Konicaminolta) are mentioned. Wait. Alternatively, it is preferable to use a polarizing plate protective film which is an optical compensation film of an optical heterogeneous layer formed by orienting a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal, a rod-like liquid crystal or a cholesteric liquid crystal. For example, an optical anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in JP-A-2003-98348. By using the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate having excellent planarity and a stable viewing angle expansion effect can be obtained. A film such as a cyclic olefin resin other than an optical film having a cellulose ester, an acrylic resin, a polyester, or a polycarbonate may be used as the polarizing plate protective film on the other side.

取代上述鹼處理,可進行特開平6-94915號公報、同6-118232號公報所記載之施以易接著加工之偏光板加工。In place of the above-described alkali treatment, it is possible to carry out a polarizing plate processing which is easy to process as described in JP-A-6-94915 and JP-A-6-118232.

以偏光板為主的構成要素之偏光子為,僅通過一定方向之偏波面的光之元件,作為現在已知的代表性偏光子為聚乙烯基醇系偏光薄膜,此為將聚乙烯基醇系薄膜以碘染色所得者與經二色性染料染色所得者。偏光子為,使用將聚乙烯基醇水溶液經製膜,將此進行一軸延伸後染色、或經染色後進行一軸延伸後,較佳為以硼化合物進行耐久性處理者。偏光子之膜厚為5~40μm,較佳為5~30μm,特佳為5~20μm。於該偏光子面上,貼合本發明之光學薄膜片面後形成偏光板。較佳為藉由完全鹼化之聚乙烯基醇等作為主成分之水系接著劑進行貼合。The polarizer which is a component mainly composed of a polarizing plate is a light element which passes only a polarizing surface in a certain direction, and a representative polarizer which is now known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is a polyvinyl alcohol. The film is obtained by dyeing iodine with those obtained by dyeing with a dichroic dye. The polarizer is preferably formed by subjecting a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution to film formation, stretching it after one-axis stretching, or dyeing and then performing one-axis stretching, preferably after treatment with a boron compound. The film thickness of the polarizer is 5 to 40 μm, preferably 5 to 30 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 20 μm. On the polarizing surface, a polarizing plate is formed by laminating the surface of the optical film of the present invention. It is preferably bonded by a water-based adhesive containing a fully alkalized polyvinyl alcohol or the like as a main component.

偏光子因往一軸方向(通常為長方向)延伸,故將偏光板放置於高溫高濕環境下時延伸方向(通常為長方向)會緊縮,會往與延伸呈垂直之方向(通常為寬方向)延伸。偏光板保護用薄膜之膜厚越薄時,偏光板之伸縮率越大,特別為偏光子之延伸方向的收縮量較大。通常,偏光子的延伸方向與偏光板保護用薄膜之流延方向(MD方向)貼合,故偏光板保護用薄膜進行薄膜化時,特別以抑制流延方向之伸縮率為重要之步驟。本發明光學薄膜具有極優良的尺寸安定性,故可作為如此偏光板保護薄膜而適用。The polarizer extends in the direction of one axis (usually in the long direction). Therefore, when the polarizing plate is placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the extending direction (usually the long direction) is tightened, and the direction is perpendicular to the extending direction (usually the width direction). )extend. The thinner the film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film, the larger the expansion ratio of the polarizing plate, and the larger the amount of shrinkage in the extending direction of the polarizer. In general, the direction in which the polarizer is extended is bonded to the casting direction (MD direction) of the film for polarizing plate protection. Therefore, when the film for polarizing plate protection is formed into a film, the expansion ratio in the casting direction is particularly important. The optical film of the present invention has excellent dimensional stability and can be suitably used as such a polarizing plate protective film.

即,於60℃、90%RH之條件下藉由耐久性試驗亦不會增加波浪狀斑點,即使為於裏面側具有光學補償薄膜之偏光板,亦可提供於耐久性試驗後視野角特性無變動之良好辨識性。That is, the wave-like spots are not increased by the durability test under the conditions of 60 ° C and 90% RH, and even if the polarizing plate having the optical compensation film on the back side is provided, the viewing angle characteristics after the durability test are not provided. Good recognition of changes.

偏光板為偏光子及保護其兩面之保護薄膜所構成,且該偏光板之一面上將保護薄膜於相反面貼合剝離薄膜所構成。保護薄膜及剝離薄膜為於偏光板出廠時之製品檢査時等以保護偏光板之目的下使用。此時,保護薄膜係以保護偏光板表面為目的而貼合,使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶板之面的反面上。又,剝離薄膜為對貼合於液晶板之接著層進行覆蓋之目的而使用,使用於將偏光板貼合於液晶胞之面上。The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizing film and a protective film for protecting both sides thereof, and a protective film is laminated on the opposite side of the polarizing plate on the opposite side. The protective film and the release film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate during inspection of the product when the polarizing plate is shipped. At this time, the protective film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used to bond the polarizing plate to the reverse surface of the surface of the liquid crystal panel. Further, the release film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer attached to the liquid crystal panel, and is used for bonding the polarizing plate to the surface of the liquid crystal cell.

《液晶顯示裝置》"Liquid Crystal Display Device"

使用含有本發明光學薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜(亦含有兼具相位差薄膜之情況)偏光板,與一般偏光板比較,可表現較高顯示品質,特別為廣視角型液晶顯示裝置,較佳為適用藉由複折射形式之廣視角型液晶顯示裝置。When a polarizing plate containing a polarizing plate protective film (including a phase difference film) containing the optical film of the present invention is used, it can exhibit higher display quality than a general polarizing plate, and is particularly a wide viewing angle liquid crystal display device, preferably A wide viewing angle liquid crystal display device by a birefringent form is applicable.

本發明之偏光板可使用MVA(Multi-domein Vertical Alignment)型式、PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment)型式、CPA(Continuous Pinwheel Alignment)型式、OCB(Optical Compensated Bend)型式、IPS(In Place Switching)型式等,並未限定於特定液晶型式、偏光板配置。The polarizing plate of the present invention can be a MVA (Multi-domein Vertical Alignment) type, a PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment) type, a CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) type, an OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) type, an IPS (In Place Switching) type, or the like. It is not limited to a specific liquid crystal type or a polarizing plate configuration.

液晶顯示裝置可作為彩色化及動畫顯示用之裝置應用,藉由本發明可改良顯示品質,提高對比之改善或偏光板之耐性,不易疲勞而可展現真實動影像顯示。The liquid crystal display device can be applied as a device for colorization and animation display, and the present invention can improve display quality, improve contrast improvement or resistance of a polarizing plate, and can exhibit real moving image display without fatigue.

使用含有相位差薄膜之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置中,將本發明的光學薄膜作為相位差薄膜使用的偏光板對於液晶胞,配置一片、或於液晶胞兩側配置二片。此時使用於偏光板的相位差薄膜側成面對液晶顯示裝置之液晶胞時可提高顯示品質。圖7中,22a及22b之薄膜為面對液晶顯示裝置之液晶胞。In the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate containing the retardation film, the polarizing plate used as the retardation film of the present invention is disposed one on the liquid crystal cell or two on both sides of the liquid crystal cell. At this time, when the phase difference film side of the polarizing plate is faced to face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device, the display quality can be improved. In Fig. 7, the films of 22a and 22b are liquid crystal cells facing the liquid crystal display device.

如此構成中,本發明的光學薄膜可對液晶胞進行光學性補償。本發明的偏光板使用於液晶顯示裝置時,液晶顯示裝置之偏光板内的至少1個偏光板作為本發明的偏光板即可。藉由使用本發明的偏光板,可提供高顯示品質,可提供提高視野角特性優良的液晶顯示裝置。In such a configuration, the optical film of the present invention can optically compensate the liquid crystal cell. When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, at least one polarizing plate in the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device may be used as the polarizing plate of the present invention. By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, high display quality can be provided, and a liquid crystal display device having excellent viewing angle characteristics can be provided.

本發明的偏光板中,由偏光子看,與本發明的光學薄膜為相反側之面上,使用纖維素衍生物之偏光板保護薄膜,可使用汎用之TAC薄膜等。位置於距離液晶胞較遠的偏光板保護薄膜因欲提高顯示裝置之品質,也可配置其他功能性層。例如將反射防止、防眩、耐傷痕、防止污垢附著、提高亮度等功能層作為構成物而含有之薄膜貼合於本發明之偏光板表面亦可。In the polarizing plate of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film of a cellulose derivative is used on the surface opposite to the optical film of the present invention as seen by a polarizer, and a general-purpose TAC film or the like can be used. The polarizing plate protective film positioned far from the liquid crystal cell may be provided with other functional layers in order to improve the quality of the display device. For example, a film containing a functional layer such as reflection prevention, anti-glare, scratch resistance, adhesion prevention, and brightness enhancement as a constituent may be bonded to the surface of the polarizing plate of the present invention.

[實施例][Examples]

以下舉出實施例對本發明做具體說明,但本發明的實施型態並未限定於此。The present invention will be specifically described below by way of examples, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.

實施例1Example 1 [具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜(以下僅稱為纖維素酯薄膜)1之製作][Production of optical film having cellulose ester (hereinafter simply referred to as cellulose ester film) 1]

如下述,使用纖維素酯與各種添加劑藉由熔融流延法製作纖維素酯薄膜1。The cellulose ester film 1 was produced by a melt casting method using cellulose ester and various additives as described below.

纖維素酯C-1(後述參照) 100質量份Cellulose ester C-1 (refer to the following) 100 parts by mass

PETB(後述參照) 8.0質量份PETB (refer to the following) 8.0 parts by mass

作為本發明所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物,As the compound of the general formula (1) used in the present invention,

例示化合物1-31(參照前述) 0.10質量份Exemplary compound 1-31 (refer to the foregoing) 0.10 parts by mass

TINUVIN928(Ciba Japan公司製) 1.5質量份TINUVIN928 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.5 parts by mass

將纖維素酯於70℃,3小時減壓下進行乾燥,冷卻至室溫後,混合上述添加劑。The cellulose ester was dried at 70 ° C under reduced pressure for 3 hours, and after cooling to room temperature, the above additives were mixed.

將以上混合物使用2軸式壓出機於230℃下進行熔融混合後顆粒化。且,該顆粒之玻璃轉移溫度Tg為136℃。The above mixture was pulverized by melt-mixing at 230 ° C using a 2-axis extruder. Further, the glass had a glass transition temperature Tg of 136 °C.

使用該顆粒於氮氣環境下,於250℃進行熔融後自流延塑模4於第1冷卻輥5上進行擠壓,第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之間將薄膜挾壓並成形。又,自壓出機1中間部的料斗開口部,作為滑潤劑添加0.5質量份的二氧化矽粒子AEROSIL200V(日本AEROSIL公司製)。The pellet was melted at 250 ° C in a nitrogen atmosphere, and the self-casting mold 4 was extruded on the first cooling roll 5, and the film was rolled and formed between the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6. In addition, 0.5 parts by mass of cerium oxide particles AEROSIL 200V (manufactured by AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) was added as a lubricant to the hopper opening portion in the middle portion of the extruder 1.

流延塑模4之間隔寬度為自薄膜寬方向端部於30mm以内為0.5mm,其他場所調整加熱螺栓成1mm。作為接觸輥,使用接觸輥A,其内部流入冷卻水之80℃水。The interval width of the casting mold 4 is 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end portion in the film width direction, and the heating bolt is adjusted to 1 mm in other places. As the contact roll, a contact roll A was used, and the inside thereof was poured into water of 80 ° C of cooling water.

自流延塑模4壓出的樹脂與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置P1至第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)的第1冷卻輥5轉動方向上游端位置P2的沿著第1冷卻滾筒5之周面之長度L設定為20mm。其後,將接觸輥6由第1冷卻輥5剝離,測定於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓之前的熔融部溫度T。本實施例中,於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓前之熔融部溫度T,可由比壓區(nip)上游端P2高出1mm上游側之位置上所設置的溫度計(安立計器股份有限公司製HA-200E)進行測定。本實施例之測定結果,其溫度T為141℃。接觸輥6對於第1冷卻輥5之線壓為14.7N/cm。且導入於拉幅器,往寬方向於160℃進行1.3倍延伸後,於寬方向一邊進行3%緩和一邊冷卻至30℃,其後自壓板開放,剪去壓板把持部,於薄膜兩端施予寬度10mm、高度5μm至痕刻加工,捲取張力為220N/m,以錐形度40%進行捲芯捲取。且,薄膜為調整壓出量及拉取速度至厚度成80μm,使完工的薄膜成寬為1430mm並捲取。捲芯之尺寸為内徑152mm,外徑165~180mm,長度1550mm。作為該捲芯母材,使用將環氧基樹脂浸漬於玻璃纖維、碳纖維之預漬樹脂。於捲芯表面塗佈環氧基導電性樹脂,並研磨表面,使表面粗度Ra成為0.3μm。且,捲長為2500m。將本發明的薄膜原捲試料作為纖維素酯薄膜1。The position P1 from the position P1 where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 is in contact with the first cooling roll 5 to the upstream end position P2 in the rotational direction of the first cooling roll 5 of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 (nip) The length L of the circumferential surface of the first cooling drum 5 is set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the contact roller 6 is peeled off from the first cooling roll 5, and the temperature T of the molten portion before the nip of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 is measured is measured. In the present embodiment, the temperature T of the melting portion before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is set by the upstream side of the nip upstream end P2 by 1 mm. The thermometer (HA-200E manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd.) was measured. The measurement result of this example was that the temperature T was 141 °C. The line pressure of the touch roll 6 with respect to the first cooling roll 5 was 14.7 N/cm. And introduced into the tenter, and extended 1.3 times in the width direction at 160 ° C, then cooled to 30 ° C while 3% relaxation in the width direction, and then the self-pressing plate was opened, and the plate holding portion was cut off and applied to both ends of the film. The width is 10 mm and the height is 5 μm to the mark processing, the winding tension is 220 N/m, and the core winding is performed at a taper degree of 40%. Further, the film was adjusted to have an extrusion amount and a drawing speed to a thickness of 80 μm, and the finished film was formed to have a width of 1430 mm and wound up. The core has a size of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm. As the core material, a pre-stained resin in which an epoxy resin is immersed in glass fibers or carbon fibers is used. An epoxy-based conductive resin was applied to the surface of the core, and the surface was polished to have a surface roughness Ra of 0.3 μm. Moreover, the roll length is 2500 m. The film original sample of the present invention was used as the cellulose ester film 1.

[纖維素酯薄膜2~15之製作][Production of cellulose ester film 2 to 15]

纖維素酯薄膜1之製作中,將纖維素酯之種類、本發明的一般式(1)所示化合物變更為如表1所示以外,同樣地製作出纖維素酯薄膜2~15。且,取代所使用的纖維素酯C-1的纖維素酯之添加量與纖維素酯C-1相同質量份,且本發明所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物的添加量為表1所記載之質量份。In the production of the cellulose ester film 1, the cellulose ester film 2 to 15 was produced in the same manner except that the type of the cellulose ester and the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention were changed as shown in Table 1. Further, the amount of the cellulose ester substituted for the cellulose ester C-1 to be used is the same as that of the cellulose ester C-1, and the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention is shown in Table 1. The mass parts stated.

C-1:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.4、丙醯基取代度1.3、分子量Mn=86,000、Mw/Mn=2.5)C-1: cellulose acetate propionate (acetylation degree 1.4, propylene substitution degree 1.3, molecular weight Mn = 86,000, Mw / Mn = 2.5)

C-2:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.3、丙醯基取代度1.2、分子量Mn=66,000、Mw/Mn=3.0)C-2: cellulose acetate propionate (acetic acid substitution degree 1.3, propyl ketone substitution degree 1.2, molecular weight Mn = 66,000, Mw / Mn = 3.0)

C-3:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度1.6、丙醯基取代度1.2、分子量Mn=79,000、Mw/Mn=2.9)C-3: cellulose acetate propionate (acetamyl substitution degree 1.6, propyl ketone substitution degree 1.2, molecular weight Mn=79,000, Mw/Mn=2.9)

C-4:纖維素乙酸酯丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度2.0、丙醯基取代度0.7、分子量Mn=91,000、Mw/Mn=2.4)C-4: cellulose acetate propionate (acetamyl substitution degree 2.0, propyl ketone substitution degree 0.7, molecular weight Mn=91,000, Mw/Mn=2.4)

[纖維素酯薄膜1-1~1-20之製作][Production of cellulose ester film 1-1 to 1-20]

纖維素酯薄膜1的製作中,調整擠壓量及引取速度至薄膜厚度為40μm以外,與纖維素酯薄膜1之製作同樣方法下,製作出纖維素酯薄膜1-1~1-20。In the production of the cellulose ester film 1, the cellulose ester film 1-1 to 1-20 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the cellulose ester film 1 except that the extrusion amount and the drawing speed were adjusted to a film thickness of 40 μm.

且,使用之纖維素酯的種類與表1-1所記載之種類相同,添加量為與纖維素酯C-1之相同質量份,又,本發明所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物的種類、添加量如表1-1所記載之種類、質量份。Further, the type of the cellulose ester to be used is the same as the type described in Table 1-1, and the amount of addition is the same as that of the cellulose ester C-1, and the compound of the general formula (1) used in the present invention is further used. The type and amount of addition are as shown in Table 1-1 and the parts by mass.

實施例2Example 2

[具有纖維素酯之光學薄膜(以下僅稱為纖維素酯薄膜)21之製作][Production of optical film having cellulose ester (hereinafter simply referred to as cellulose ester film) 21]

如下述,使用纖維素酯與各種添加劑藉由熔融流延製作出纖維素酯薄膜21。The cellulose ester film 21 was produced by melt casting using a cellulose ester and various additives as described below.

纖維素酯C-1(參照前述) 100質量份Cellulose ester C-1 (refer to the above) 100 parts by mass

PETB(參照前述) 8.0質量份PETB (refer to the above) 8.0 parts by mass

TINUVIN928(Ciba Japan公司製) 1.5質量份TINUVIN928 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.5 parts by mass

作為本發明所使用之一般式(1)所示化合物,例示化合物1-31(參照前述) 0.25質量份As a compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention, exemplified as a compound 1-31 (refer to the above), 0.25 parts by mass

Q-1:IRGANOX1010(Ciba Japan公司製) 0.25質量份Q-1: IRGANOX1010 (manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass

Q-2:SumilizerGS(住友化學公司製) 0.25質量份Q-2: SumilizerGS (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass

Q-3:GSY-P101(堺化學工業股份有限公司製) 0.20質量份Q-3: GSY-P101 (manufactured by Dai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 parts by mass

將纖維素酯於70℃、3小時減壓下進行乾燥並冷卻至室溫後,混合上述添加劑。After the cellulose ester was dried at 70 ° C for 3 hours under reduced pressure and cooled to room temperature, the above additives were mixed.

將以上混合物使用2軸式壓出機,以230℃進行熔融混合成顆粒化。且,該顆粒之玻璃轉移溫度Tg為136℃。The above mixture was melt-mixed into pellets at 230 ° C using a 2-axis extruder. Further, the glass had a glass transition temperature Tg of 136 °C.

使用該顆粒於氮環境氣體下,250℃中進行熔融,自流延塑模4於第1冷卻輥5上壓出,於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之間挾壓薄膜而成形。又,自壓出機1中間部之料斗開口部,作為滑潤劑添加二氧化矽粒子Aerosil 200V(日本Aerosil公司製)0.5質量份。The pellet was melted at 250 ° C in a nitrogen atmosphere, and the cast film 4 was extruded from the first cooling roll 5, and the film was formed by rolling a film between the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6. In addition, 0.5 part by mass of cerium oxide particles Aerosil 200V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) was added as a lubricant to the hopper opening of the intermediate portion of the extruder 1 .

調整加熱螺栓至流延塑模4之間隔寬度自薄膜寬方向端部30mm以内為0.5mm,其他為1mm。作為接觸輥,使用接觸輥A,其内部流入80℃之冷卻水。The interval width between the heating bolt and the casting mold 4 was adjusted to be 0.5 mm from the end portion of the film width direction of 30 mm, and the others were 1 mm. As the contact roll, a contact roll A was used, and the inside thereof was poured into cooling water of 80 °C.

自流延塑模4壓出的樹脂與第1冷卻輥5接觸之位置P1至與第1冷卻輥5接觸輥6之壓區(nip)的第1冷卻輥5轉動方向提高上游端位置P2的沿著第1冷卻滾筒5之周面之長度L設定為20mm。其後,將接觸輥6由第1冷卻輥5剝離,測定於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓之前的熔融部溫度T。本實施例中,於第1冷卻輥5與接觸輥6之壓區(nip)夾壓前之熔融部溫度T,可由比壓區(nip)上游端P2高出1mm上游側之位置上所設置的溫度計(安立計器股份有限公司製HA-200E)進行測定。本實施例之測定結果,其溫度T為141℃。接觸輥6對於第1冷卻輥5之線壓為14.7N/cm且導入於拉幅器,往寬方向於160℃進行1.3倍延伸後,於寬方向一邊進行3%緩和一邊冷卻至30℃,其後自壓板開放,剪去壓板把持部,於薄膜兩端施予寬度10mm、高度5μm之痕刻加工,捲取張力為220N/m,以錐形度40%進行捲芯捲取。且,薄膜為調整壓出量及拉取速度至厚度成80μm,使完工的薄膜寬為1430mm並捲取。捲芯之尺寸為内徑152mm,外徑165~180mm,長度1550mm。作為該捲芯母材,使用將環氧基樹脂浸漬於玻璃纖維、碳纖維之預漬樹脂。於捲芯表面塗佈環氧基導電性樹脂,並研磨表面,使表面粗度Ra成為0.3μm。且,捲長為2500m。將該本發明之薄膜原捲試料作為纖維素酯薄膜21。The edge from the position P1 where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 is in contact with the first cooling roll 5 to the first cooling roller 5 which is in contact with the nip of the first cooling roll 5 is increased by the upstream end position P2. The length L of the circumferential surface of the first cooling drum 5 was set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the contact roller 6 is peeled off from the first cooling roll 5, and the temperature T of the molten portion before the nip of the first cooling roll 5 and the contact roll 6 is measured is measured. In the present embodiment, the temperature T of the melting portion before the nip of the first cooling roller 5 and the contact roller 6 is set by the upstream side of the nip upstream end P2 by 1 mm. The thermometer (HA-200E manufactured by Anritsu Co., Ltd.) was measured. The measurement result of this example was that the temperature T was 141 °C. The contact roller 6 was introduced into the tenter at a line pressure of 14.7 N/cm with respect to the first cooling roll 5, and was stretched 1.3 times in the width direction at 160 ° C, and then cooled to 30 ° C while being 3% relaxed in the width direction. Thereafter, the self-pressing plate is opened, the pressing portion of the pressing plate is cut, and a mark of a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 μm is applied to both ends of the film, the winding tension is 220 N/m, and the core winding is performed at a taper degree of 40%. Further, the film was adjusted to have an extrusion amount and a drawing speed to a thickness of 80 μm so that the finished film had a width of 1430 mm and was taken up. The core has a size of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm. As the core material, a pre-stained resin in which an epoxy resin is immersed in glass fibers or carbon fibers is used. An epoxy-based conductive resin was applied to the surface of the core, and the surface was polished to have a surface roughness Ra of 0.3 μm. Moreover, the roll length is 2500 m. The film original roll sample of the present invention was used as the cellulose ester film 21.

[纖維素酯薄膜22~35之製作][Production of cellulose ester film 22 to 35]

纖維素酯薄膜21的製作中,將纖維素酯之種類、本發明的一般式(1)所示化合物、其他添加劑變更為如表2所示以外,同樣地製造出纖維素酯薄膜22~35。且,取代所使用之纖維素酯C-1的纖維素酯之添加量為與纖維素酯C-1相同之質量份,又使用於本發明之一般式(1)所示化合物、及其他添加劑之種類與添加量為如表2所記載之質量份。In the production of the cellulose ester film 21, the type of the cellulose ester, the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention, and other additives were changed to those shown in Table 2, and the cellulose ester films 22 to 35 were produced in the same manner. . Further, the cellulose ester of the cellulose ester C-1 to be used is added in the same amount as the cellulose ester C-1, and is used in the compound of the general formula (1) of the present invention, and other additives. The types and addition amounts are the mass parts as shown in Table 2.

對於所得之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料,以下述方法進行評估。評估之結果如表1、表1-1、及表2所示。又,自原捲試料切出一部份纖維素酯薄膜,以下述方法進行滲漏、及霧值之評估。The obtained cellulose ester film raw roll sample was evaluated by the following method. The results of the evaluation are shown in Table 1, Table 1-1, and Table 2. Further, a part of the cellulose ester film was cut out from the original roll sample, and leakage and evaluation of the haze value were carried out in the following manner.

(馬背故障、捲芯轉印)(horseback failure, core transfer)

將捲取之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料以聚乙烯薄膜進行雙層包覆,以如圖8之a)、b)、c)所示保存方法,進行25℃、50%RH之條件下的30天保存。其後,由箱子取出,打開聚乙烯薄片,於薄膜原捲試料表面點燈並將螢光燈管反射後反映,觀察其變形或微小亂影,將馬背故障依據下述水準並賦予等級。The wound cellulose ester film original roll sample is double-coated with a polyethylene film, and stored under the conditions of 25 ° C and 50% RH as shown in a), b), and c) of FIG. Save for 30 days. Thereafter, the box was taken out, and the polyethylene sheet was opened, and the surface of the original film of the film was lighted and reflected by the fluorescent tube, and the deformation or slight disorder was observed, and the horseback failure was given a level according to the following level.

A:見到螢光燈成直線A: I saw the fluorescent light in a straight line.

B:見到部分螢光燈呈現彎曲B: I saw some fluorescent lights appear curved

C:見到螢光燈映有斑點C: I saw the fluorescent light reflecting the spots.

又,捲取保存後之薄膜原捲試料,將50μm以上之點狀變形、或寬方向之帶狀變形可明顯見到的捲芯轉印,測定自捲芯部分產生該捲芯轉印至幾m,並以下述水準進行分級。Further, the film original roll sample after winding and holding is subjected to a dot-shaped deformation of 50 μm or more, or a belt-shaped deformation in a wide direction, and the core transfer is clearly observed, and the transfer of the core from the core portion is measured. m, and classified according to the following levels.

A:自捲芯部分未達15mA: The core part is less than 15m

B:自捲芯部分未達15~30mB: The self-winding core part is less than 15~30m

C:自捲芯部分未達30~50mC: The core part of the core is less than 30~50m

D:自捲芯部分為50m以上D: The core part is 50m or more

(捲開始縐折)(The volume begins to die)

於捲芯進行捲取原捲薄膜之作業,捲開始產生縐折成為不良情況時,由捲芯取出原捲薄膜,再次進行捲取作業。計算此時的不良次數。此作業進行10次後求得平均值,並依據下述水準賦予等級。When the winding core is wound up to take up the original roll film, when the roll starts to be broken, the original roll film is taken out from the winding core, and the winding operation is performed again. Calculate the number of defects at this time. This operation was averaged 10 times and averaged according to the following level.

A:0次以上,未達1次A: 0 or more times, less than 1 time

B:1次以上,未達3次B: more than 1 time, less than 3 times

C:3次以上,未達5次C: 3 or more times, less than 5 times

D:5次以上D: 5 or more times

(滲漏)(leakage)

將纖維素酯薄膜於80℃、90%RH之高溫高濕環境下放置1000小時後,以目視觀察纖維素酯薄膜表面之滲漏(結晶析出)的有無,依據下述基準進行評估。The cellulose ester film was allowed to stand in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment at 80 ° C and 90% RH for 1000 hours, and the presence or absence of leakage (crystallization precipitation) on the surface of the cellulose ester film was visually observed, and evaluated according to the following criteria.

A:表面上完全無產生滲漏A: No leakage on the surface

B:表面上部分產生滲漏B: Leakage on the surface

C:表面上全面性地僅稍部分滲漏C: only a slight partial leakage on the surface

D:表面上全面性地有明確滲漏D: There is a clear leak on the surface.

(霧值)(haze value)

由使用霧值計(1001DP型,日本電色工業(股)製)進行測定結果,換算為試料厚度為80μm時的霧值,依據下述基準進行評估。The measurement results were carried out by using a haze value meter (Model 1001DP, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.), and converted to a haze value at a sample thickness of 80 μm, and evaluated according to the following criteria.

A:霧值未達0.5%A: The fog value is less than 0.5%

B:霧值為0.5~未達1.0%B: fog value is 0.5 to less than 1.0%

C:霧值為1.0~未達1.5%C: fog value is 1.0 to less than 1.5%

D:霧值為1.5%以上D: the haze value is 1.5% or more

由表1、表1-1、及表2,含有與本發明相關前述一般式(1)所示化合物之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1~10、1-1~1-20、21~30,對於比較例之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料11~15、31~35,已知其為即使長期間保存下亦少有馬背故障、捲芯轉印,捲取開始之縐折等薄膜原捲的變形故障較難產生之纖維素酯薄膜。又,由原捲切出之纖維素酯薄膜本身對於比較例而言,亦具有優良的滲漏、霧值特性。From Table 1, Table 1-1, and Table 2, the cellulose ester film raw materials 1 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20, and 21 to 30 containing the compound of the above general formula (1) related to the present invention are contained. For the cellulose ester film raw materials 11 to 15, 31 to 35 of the comparative example, it is known that there are few horseback failures, core transfer, and the original film roll of the winding start even if stored for a long period of time. The cellulose ester film is more difficult to produce due to deformation failure. Further, the cellulose ester film cut out from the original roll itself has excellent leakage and haze characteristics for the comparative example.

實施例3Example 3

調製下述組成物。The following composition was prepared.

(防靜電層塗佈組成物(1))(antistatic layer coating composition (1))

聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯(重量平均分子量為55萬,Tg:90℃) 0.5質量份Polymethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight: 550,000, Tg: 90 ° C) 0.5 parts by mass

丙二醇單甲基醚 60質量份Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 60 parts by mass

甲基乙酮 16質量份Methyl ethyl ketone 16 parts by mass

乳酸乙酯 5質量份Ethyl lactate 5 parts by mass

甲醇 8質量份Methanol 8 parts by mass

導電性聚合物樹脂P-1(0.1~0.3μm粒子) 0.5質量份Conductive polymer resin P-1 (0.1 to 0.3 μm particles) 0.5 parts by mass

(硬塗佈層塗佈組成物(2))(hard coating layer coating composition (2))

二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯單體 60質量份Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate monomer 60 parts by mass

二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯2聚物 20質量份Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 2 polymer 20 parts by mass

二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯3聚物以上之成分 20質量份Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 3-mer component or more 20 parts by mass

二乙氧基二苯甲酮光反應開始劑 6質量份Diethoxybenzophenone photoreaction starter 6 parts by mass

矽氧烷界面活性劑 1質量份Oxantane surfactant 1 part by mass

丙二醇單甲基醚 75質量份Propylene glycol monomethyl ether 75 parts by mass

甲基乙酮 75質量份Methyl ethyl ketone 75 parts by mass

(彎曲防止層塗佈組成物(3))(bending prevention layer coating composition (3))

丙酮 35質量份Acetone 35 parts by mass

乙酸乙酯 45質量份Ethyl acetate 45 parts by mass

異丙基醇 5質量份Isopropyl alcohol 5 parts by mass

二乙醯纖維素 0.5質量份Diethyl hydrazine cellulose 0.5 parts by mass

超微粒子二氧化矽2%丙酮分散液(AEROSIL:200V、日本AEROSIL(股)製) 0.1質量份Ultrafine particle cerium dioxide 2% acetone dispersion (AEROSIL: 200V, manufactured by Japan AEROSIL Co., Ltd.) 0.1 parts by mass

如下述,製造出賦予功能之偏光板保護薄膜。As described below, a polarizing plate protective film imparting a function is produced.

(偏光板保護薄膜)(Polarizer protective film)

將實施例1所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1以聚乙烯薄片雙層包住,以如圖8所示保存方法,於25℃,50%RH之條件下保存30天,其後於40℃,80%RH之條件下保存。其後,除去各聚乙烯薄片,自各原捲試料捲出的纖維素酯薄膜之單面上,將彎曲防止層塗佈組成物(3)以凹版印刷至成為濕潤膜厚13μm,於乾燥溫度80±5℃下進行乾燥。將此作為試料1A。The cellulose ester film original roll sample 1 of the present invention prepared in Example 1 was double-coated with a polyethylene sheet, and stored at 25 ° C, 50% RH for 30 days under the storage method shown in FIG. Thereafter, it was stored at 40 ° C under conditions of 80% RH. Thereafter, each polyethylene sheet was removed, and the bending prevention layer coating composition (3) was gravure-printed to a wet film thickness of 13 μm on a single surface of the cellulose ester film wound from each of the original roll samples at a drying temperature of 80°. Drying is carried out at ±5 °C. This was taken as sample 1A.

該纖維素酯薄膜之另一面上,將防靜電層塗佈組成物(1)於28℃、82%RH的環境下,以薄膜搬送速度30m/min下以塗佈寬為1m下進行塗佈至濕潤膜厚為7μm,其次於設定為80±5℃之乾燥部進行乾燥,設置乾燥膜厚約0.2μm之樹脂層,得到附有防靜電層之纖維素酯薄膜。將此作為試料1B。且,於該防靜電層上將硬塗佈層塗佈組成物(2)塗佈至濕潤膜厚13μm,以乾燥溫度90℃進行乾燥後,照射紫外線150mJ/m2 ,設置乾燥膜厚5μm之透明硬塗佈層。將此作為試料1C。On the other side of the cellulose ester film, the antistatic layer coating composition (1) was applied at a film transport speed of 30 m/min at a film width of 1 m at 28 ° C and 82% RH. The film thickness was 7 μm, followed by drying in a dried portion set at 80 ± 5 ° C, and a resin layer having a dried film thickness of about 0.2 μm was provided to obtain a cellulose ester film having an antistatic layer. This was taken as sample 1B. Further, the hard coating layer coating composition (2) was applied onto the antistatic layer to a wet film thickness of 13 μm, dried at a drying temperature of 90 ° C, and then irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 150 mJ/m 2 to provide a dry film thickness of 5 μm. Transparent hard coating layer. This was taken as sample 1C.

所得之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜試料1A、試料1B、試料1C皆無刷痕,亦無乾燥後之龜裂,其為塗佈性良好者。The obtained cellulose ester film sample 1A, sample 1B, and sample 1C of the present invention have no brush marks and no cracks after drying, and are excellent in coatability.

取代纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1,變更為實施例1及2所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料2~10、1-1~1-20、21~30以外,於同樣方法下進行塗佈。其結果皆確認為良好塗佈性。The cellulose ester film raw material sample 1 was replaced with the cellulose ester film raw material samples 2 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20, and 21 to 30 of the present invention produced in Examples 1 and 2, in the same manner. Coating is carried out. The results were all confirmed to be good coatability.

作為比較,對於實施例1及2所製作之比較纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料11~15、31~35,各進行與上述相同之方法。For comparison, the same methods as described above were carried out for each of the comparative cellulose ester film raw materials 11 to 15, 31 to 35 produced in Examples 1 and 2.

將塗佈彎曲防止層塗佈組成物(3)者各作為試料11~15A、31~35A,且將塗佈防靜電層塗佈組成物(1)者各作為試料11~15B、31~35B,並將於該防靜電層上塗佈硬塗佈層塗佈組成物(2)者各作為試料11~15C、31~35C。Each of the coating-preventing layer-coated composition (3) was used as the samples 11 to 15A and 31 to 35A, and the antistatic layer-coated composition (1) was applied as the samples 11 to 15B and 31 to 35B. The hard coating layer coating composition (2) was applied to the antistatic layer as samples 11 to 15C and 31 to 35C.

其結果,以高濕度環境下進行塗佈時,試料11~15A、31~35A發生刷痕。又,試料11~15B、31~35B為乾燥後有微細龜裂,試料11~15C、31~35C於乾燥後有明確微細龜裂。As a result, when coating was performed in a high-humidity environment, brush marks were formed in the samples 11 to 15A and 31 to 35A. Further, the samples 11 to 15B and 31 to 35B were finely cracked after drying, and the samples 11 to 15 C and 31 to 35 C were clearly finely cracked after drying.

實施例4Example 4 (偏光板之製作與評估)(production and evaluation of polarizing plates)

將厚度120μm之聚乙烯基醇薄膜浸漬於含有碘1質量份、碘化鉀2質量份、硼酸4質量份之水溶液中,並於50℃下延伸4倍製成偏光子。A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 120 μm was immersed in an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine, 2 parts by mass of potassium iodide, and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and extended at 4 times at 50° C. to prepare a polarizer.

將實施例1及2所製作之本發明的纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料1~10、1-1~1-20、21~30及比較之纖維素酯薄膜原捲試料11~15、31~35以聚乙烯薄片雙層包住,以如圖8所示保存方法,於25℃,50%RH之條件下保存30天,其後於40℃,80%RH之條件下保存。其後,除去各聚乙烯薄片,將自各原捲試料捲出的纖維素酯薄膜以40℃之2.5mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液進行60秒鹼處理,再經水洗乾燥後將表面進行鹼處理。The cellulose ester film original samples 1 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20, 21 to 30 of the present invention produced in Examples 1 and 2 and the comparative cellulose ester film original samples 11 to 15, 31 to 35 was wrapped in a double layer of polyethylene foil, stored in a storage method as shown in Fig. 8, and stored at 25 ° C, 50% RH for 30 days, and then stored at 40 ° C, 80% RH. Thereafter, each polyethylene sheet was removed, and the cellulose ester film which was taken up from each raw roll sample was subjected to alkali treatment for 60 seconds in a 2.5 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C, and then washed with water to dry the surface, followed by alkali treatment.

於前述偏光子之兩面上,將本發明的試料1~10、1-1~1-20、21~30及比較之試料11~15、31~35的鹼處理面,以完全鹼化型聚乙烯基醇5%水溶液作為接著劑由兩面貼合,製造出形成保護薄膜之本發明的偏光板PL-1~PL-10、PL-1-1~PL-1-20、PL-21~PL-30及比較之偏光板的PL-11~PL-15、PL-31~PL-35,評估其平面性。On the both sides of the polarizer, the alkali-treated surfaces of the samples 1 to 10, 1-1 to 1-20, 21 to 30 of the present invention and the comparative samples 11 to 15 and 31 to 35 were subjected to complete alkalization. The 5% aqueous solution of vinyl alcohol is bonded to both surfaces as an adhesive to produce polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-10, PL-1-1 to PL-1-20, and PL-21 to PL of the present invention which form a protective film. -30 and the comparative polarizing plates PL-11 to PL-15 and PL-31 to PL-35 were evaluated for planarity.

(作為液晶顯示裝置之特性評估)(As a characteristic evaluation of a liquid crystal display device)

剝開VA型液晶顯示裝置之Sharp(股)製32型電視AQ-32AD5的偏光板,將上述製作之各偏光板配合液晶胞尺寸進行剪裁。The polarizing plate of the 32-type television AQ-32AD5 manufactured by Sharp Corporation of the VA type liquid crystal display device was peeled off, and each of the polarizing plates produced above was cut in accordance with the liquid crystal cell size.

挾持液晶胞下,將前述製作之偏光板2片於偏光板的偏光軸與原先不變下互相直交而貼合,製造出32型VA型彩色液晶顯示器,評估作為光學薄膜的偏光板之特性。Two types of polarizing plates prepared as described above were placed under the polarizing axis of the polarizing plate and directly bonded to each other to form a 32-type VA type color liquid crystal display, and the characteristics of the polarizing plate as an optical film were evaluated.

<平面性><planarity>

將所得之偏光板切成A4尺寸,於水平桌面上一邊稍微拉伸下將縱方向之兩端以膠帶貼於桌子上,將偏光板表面之平面性以下述基準進行目視評估。The obtained polarizing plate was cut into an A4 size, and the both ends of the longitudinal direction were attached to the table with a tape on a horizontal table, and the flatness of the surface of the polarizing plate was visually evaluated on the following basis.

A:表面全無波浪狀斑A: The surface is completely free of wavy spots.

B:表面上僅稍微有波浪狀斑B: only slightly wavy spots on the surface

C:表面上有微細波浪狀斑C: There are fine wavy spots on the surface

D:表面尚有大的波浪狀斑D: There are still large wavy spots on the surface.

(對比)(Compared)

於23℃55%RH的環境下,打開該液晶電視之背光,直接放置30分鐘後,依據下述基準由目視來評估其對比。The backlight of the liquid crystal television was turned on in an environment of 23 ° C and 55% RH, and after directly standing for 30 minutes, the comparison was visually evaluated according to the following criteria.

A:黑色聚集而鮮明A: Black is gathered and distinct

B:黑色聚集,但鮮明度稍低B: Black gathers, but the brightness is slightly lower

C:黑色無聚集,鮮明度稍低C: no aggregation in black, slightly lower sharpness

D:黑色無聚集,鮮明度低D: black no aggregation, low brightness

結果如表3所示。The results are shown in Table 3.

如上表所示得知,本發明的偏光板PL-1~PL-10、PL-1-1~PL-1-20、PL-21~PL-30對於比較之偏光板PL-11~PL-15、PL-31~PL-35,可達到以平面性、物理性優良的保護薄膜保護兩面時,具有非常良好之偏光板特性之顯著優良效果。As shown in the above table, the polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-10, PL-1-1 to PL-1-20, and PL-21 to PL-30 of the present invention are comparatively used for the comparative polarizing plates PL-11 to PL-. 15. PL-31 to PL-35 can achieve a remarkable excellent effect of very good polarizing plate characteristics when the protective film having excellent planarity and physical properties is protected on both sides.

又,由上表得知使用本發明之偏光板PL-1~PL-10、PL-1-1~PL-1-20、PL-21~PL-30的液晶顯示裝置,比使用比較之偏光板PL-11~PL-15、PL-31~PL-35的液晶顯示裝置,其對比亦高,且顯示優良顯示性。藉此可作為優良的液晶顯示器等畫像顯示裝置用之偏光板使用。Further, from the above table, it is known that the liquid crystal display devices using the polarizing plates PL-1 to PL-10, PL-1-1 to PL-1-20, and PL-21 to PL-30 of the present invention are more polarized than those used. The liquid crystal display devices of the plates PL-11 to PL-15 and PL-31 to PL-35 have high contrast and exhibit excellent display properties. Therefore, it can be used as a polarizing plate for an image display device such as an excellent liquid crystal display.

1...壓出機1. . . Extruder

2...過濾器2. . . filter

3...靜態混合機3. . . Static mixer

4...流延塑模4. . . Cast molding

5...轉動支持體(第1冷卻輥)5. . . Rotating support (first cooling roller)

6...挾壓轉動體(接觸輥)6. . . Rolling rotor (contact roller)

7...轉動支持體(第2冷卻輥)7. . . Rotating support (second cooling roller)

8...轉動支持體(第3冷卻輥)8. . . Rotating support (third cooling roller)

9...剝離輥9. . . Stripping roller

10...薄膜10. . . film

11...搬送輥11. . . Transfer roller

12...延伸裝置12. . . Extension device

13...縱剪切機13. . . Longitudinal shear

14...壓紋環14. . . Embossed ring

15...背輥15. . . Back roller

16...捲取裝置16. . . Winding device

21a、21b...保護薄膜21a, 21b. . . Protective film

22a、22b...相位差薄膜22a, 22b. . . Phase difference film

23a、23b...薄膜的遲相軸方向23a, 23b. . . Phase axis direction of the film

24a、24b...偏光子的透過軸方向24a, 24b. . . Polarization direction of the polarizer

25a、25b...偏光子25a, 25b. . . Polarized photon

26a、26b...偏光板26a, 26b. . . Polarizer

27...液晶胞27. . . Liquid crystal cell

29...液晶顯示裝置29. . . Liquid crystal display device

31...塑模本體31. . . Mold body

32...隙縫32. . . Gap

41...金屬套管41. . . Metal casing

42...彈性滾筒42. . . Elastic roller

43...金屬製内筒43. . . Metal inner tube

44...彈性體44. . . Elastomer

45...冷卻水45. . . Cooling water

51...外筒51. . . Outer tube

52...内筒52. . . Inner cylinder

53...空間53. . . space

54...冷卻液54. . . Coolant

55a、55b...轉動軸55a, 55b. . . Rotary axis

56a、56b...外筒支持凸緣(flange)56a, 56b. . . Outer tube support flange (flange)

60...流體軸筒60. . . Fluid shaft

61a、61b...内筒支持凸緣(flange)61a, 61b. . . Inner cylinder support flange (flange)

62a、62b...中間通路62a, 62b. . . Intermediate path

110...捲芯本體110. . . Core body

117...支持板117. . . Support board

118...架台118. . . shelf

120...纖維素酯薄膜原捲120. . . Cellulose ester film original volume

120...纖維素酯薄膜原捲120. . . Cellulose ester film original volume

[圖1]實施有關本發明之光學薄膜(纖維素酯薄膜)的製造方法的裝置之一實施形態的概略流程圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic flow chart showing an embodiment of an apparatus for carrying out a method for producing an optical film (cellulose ester film) of the present invention.

[圖2]圖1之製造裝置的重要部位擴大流程圖。Fig. 2 is an enlarged flow chart showing an important part of the manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 1.

[圖3]圖3(a)表示流延塑模之重要部位外觀圖,圖3(b)表示流延塑模之重要部位截面圖。Fig. 3 (a) is a view showing the appearance of an important portion of the casting mold, and Fig. 3 (b) is a cross-sectional view showing an important portion of the casting mold.

[圖4]挾壓轉動體之第1實施形態的截面圖。Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing a first embodiment of a rolling rotor.

[圖5]於挾壓轉動體之第2實施形態的轉動軸呈垂直平面下之截面圖。Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing the rotation axis of the second embodiment of the rolling rotor in a vertical plane.

[圖6]含有挾壓轉動體之第2實施形態的轉動軸之平面下的截面圖。Fig. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a plane of a rotating shaft of a second embodiment including a rolling rotor.

[圖7]表示液晶顯示裝置之構成圖概略分解斜視圖。Fig. 7 is a schematic exploded perspective view showing a configuration of a liquid crystal display device.

[圖8]表示光學薄膜(纖維素酯薄膜)原捲之保管狀態圖。Fig. 8 is a view showing a state of storage of an optical film (cellulose ester film) original roll.

1...壓出機1. . . Extruder

2...過濾器2. . . filter

3...靜態混合機3. . . Static mixer

4...流延塑模4. . . Cast molding

5...轉動支持體(第1冷卻輥)5. . . Rotating support (first cooling roller)

6...挾壓轉動體(接觸輥)6. . . Rolling rotor (contact roller)

7...轉動支持體(第2冷卻輥)7. . . Rotating support (second cooling roller)

8...轉動支持體(第3冷卻輥)8. . . Rotating support (third cooling roller)

9...剝離輥9. . . Stripping roller

10...薄膜10. . . film

11...搬送輥11. . . Transfer roller

12...延伸裝置12. . . Extension device

13...縱剪切機13. . . Longitudinal shear

14...壓紋環14. . . Embossed ring

15...背輥15. . . Back roller

16...捲取裝置16. . . Winding device

F...光學薄膜(元捲)F. . . Optical film (yuan volume)

P1...位置P1. . . position

P2...上游端P2. . . Upstream

Claims (6)

一種光學薄膜,其特徵為含有下述一般式(1)所示化合物之至少1種與纖維素酯者; (式中,R1 及R2 各獨立表示自下述群組1所選出之取代基,R3 表示氫原子或烷基,n表示0~4之整數;複數R1 可相同或相異)且群組1為烷基、環烷基、芳基、醯胺基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烯基、鹵素原子、炔基、雜環基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、膦醯基、醯基、胺基甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、氰基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺羰氧基、胺基、苯胺基、亞胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、雜環硫基、硫脲基、羥基及氫硫基,惟,這些取代基可進一步由相同取代基所取代。An optical film characterized by containing at least one of the compounds represented by the following general formula (1) and a cellulose ester; (wherein R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a substituent selected from the group 1 below, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4; and plural R 1 may be the same or different) And Group 1 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, decylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, alkenyl, halogen, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, alkylsulfonyl, aryl Sulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, phosphonium, fluorenyl, aminomethylhydrazine, amine sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy , heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, amine carbonyloxy, amine, anilino, imido, ureido, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxy A carbonyl group, a heterocyclic thio group, a thioureido group, a hydroxy group and a thiol group, but these substituents may be further substituted by the same substituent. 如申請專利範圍第1項之光學薄膜,其中含有選自受阻酚系化合物、磷系化合物、內酯系化合物、丙烯酸酯系化合物所成群的化合物之至少1種。 The optical film of claim 1, which contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a hindered phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a lactone compound, and an acrylate compound. 一種光學薄膜的製造方法,其特徵為如申請專利範 圍第1項或第2項之光學薄膜藉由熔融流延法而製造。 A method for manufacturing an optical film, which is characterized by a patent application The optical film of the first or second item is produced by a melt casting method. 一種偏光板,其特徵為偏光子的至少一面上具有如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項之光學薄膜。 A polarizing plate characterized by having an optical film according to item 1 or item 2 of the patent application on at least one side of a polarizer. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵為使用如申請專利範圍第4項之偏光板。 A liquid crystal display device characterized by using a polarizing plate as in claim 4 of the patent application. 一種光學薄膜用化合物,其特徵為下述一般式(2)所示者; (式中,R4 ~R6 各獨立表示烷基、環烷基或芳基,R7 表示自下述群組1所選出之取代基、n表示0~3之整數;複數R7 可相同或相異),且群組1為烷基、環烷基、芳基、醯胺基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、烯基、鹵素原子、炔基、雜環基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、膦醯基、醯基、胺基甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、氰基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、甲矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺羰氧基、胺基、苯胺基、亞胺基、脲基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、雜環硫基、硫脲基、羥基及氫硫基, 惟,這些取代基可進一步由相同取代基所取代。A compound for an optical film characterized by the following general formula (2); (wherein R 4 to R 6 each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, R 7 represents a substituent selected from the group 1 below, and n represents an integer of 0 to 3; the plural R 7 may be the same Or different), and Group 1 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, decylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, alkenyl, halogen, alkynyl, heterocyclyl, alkyl sulfonate Mercapto, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, phosphinium, fluorenyl, aminomethyl sulfonyl, sulfonyl, sulfonyl, cyano, alkane Oxyl, aryloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, amine carbonyloxy, amine, anilino, imido, ureido, alkoxycarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonyl And an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic thio group, a thioureido group, a hydroxy group and a thiol group, but these substituents may be further substituted by the same substituent.
TW098105801A 2008-02-27 2009-02-24 An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound TWI447444B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008045676 2008-02-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200949319A TW200949319A (en) 2009-12-01
TWI447444B true TWI447444B (en) 2014-08-01

Family

ID=41015811

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW098105801A TWI447444B (en) 2008-02-27 2009-02-24 An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5234103B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI447444B (en)
WO (1) WO2009107405A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102749668B (en) * 2011-04-21 2016-02-24 富士胶片株式会社 Polaroid and liquid crystal indicator
JP5745456B2 (en) * 2011-04-21 2015-07-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
CN103857740B (en) * 2011-09-30 2017-06-20 富士胶片株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device
JP2013097170A (en) * 2011-11-01 2013-05-20 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5827204B2 (en) * 2012-01-25 2015-12-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5805231B2 (en) * 2013-02-25 2015-11-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Laminated body, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
JP5823545B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2015-11-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizer, polarizing plate using the same, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate
WO2017102053A2 (en) * 2015-12-17 2017-06-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Cinnamic acid derivatives
WO2019138791A1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display device
JP2019189771A (en) 2018-04-26 2019-10-31 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200738794A (en) * 2005-12-07 2007-10-16 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
TW200745170A (en) * 2006-04-25 2007-12-16 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Polarizing plate protection film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TW200804064A (en) * 2006-06-06 2008-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Thermoplastic film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate, optical compensation film, antireflection film and crystal display device
TW200804079A (en) * 2006-06-02 2008-01-16 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4364986B2 (en) * 1999-12-06 2009-11-18 関西ペイント株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for photoresist and method for forming resist pattern
JP2004149438A (en) * 2002-10-30 2004-05-27 Idemitsu Petrochem Co Ltd Method for producing hydroxycinnamic acids
JP2004175894A (en) * 2002-11-26 2004-06-24 Ricoh Co Ltd Thermally activated adhesive and thermally activated adhesive sheet
JP2007114739A (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-05-10 Fujifilm Corp Optical anisotropic polymer film, polarizing film, manufacturing method thereof and application use thereof
JP4747985B2 (en) * 2006-08-02 2011-08-17 コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW200738794A (en) * 2005-12-07 2007-10-16 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Cellulose ester film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
TW200745170A (en) * 2006-04-25 2007-12-16 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Polarizing plate protection film, method for producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TW200804079A (en) * 2006-06-02 2008-01-16 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical laminate, polarizing plate, and image display device
TW200804064A (en) * 2006-06-06 2008-01-16 Fujifilm Corp Thermoplastic film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate, optical compensation film, antireflection film and crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2009107405A1 (en) 2009-09-03
JP5234103B2 (en) 2013-07-10
TW200949319A (en) 2009-12-01
JPWO2009107405A1 (en) 2011-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI447444B (en) An optical film, a method for producing an optical film, a polarizing plate using the same, a liquid crystal display device, and a compound
TWI429703B (en) A cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a method for producing a cellulose ester film, a cellulose ester film
JP5023837B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2007043358A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI390258B (en) An optical film, a method for manufacturing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
JP5212043B2 (en) Optical film manufacturing method, optical film, polarizing plate, and display device
JP4947050B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
TWI452077B (en) An optical film, an optical film manufacturing method, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI444668B (en) An optical film and a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same
JP4747985B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008145739A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2010001677A1 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device using same
JP5146220B2 (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010060981A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarization plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010185914A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4770620B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film
JP5168022B2 (en) Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4952588B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008224720A (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010117557A (en) Cellulose ester optical film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2010049062A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2010248361A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2009157162A (en) Optical film, method of manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees